environmental impact assessment reportkspcb.gov.in/ph/venkatasai_eia_17_2_2020.pdf · mr. vamsee...

HECS/EIA/5 (f)- B/30.08.2016 /Final/13 Nov 2019

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

For

“Proposed Change in Product Mix and Expansion ofBulk Drug Intermediates & Active Pharmaceutical

Ingredients Manufacturing”at Existing Facility

By

M/s SRI VENKATA SAI ORGANICSAt

Sy.No.132, Plot No. 57 & 58,Humnabad Industrial area

Gadavanthi VillageHumnabad Taluk

Bidar DistrictKarnataka

[Project termed under schedule 5(f) ,Category ‘B’ as per EIA Notification 2006 andits Amendments & Project falls under violation category as per Violation notification

vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017]

Baseline study period: Sept to Nov 2018

EIA ConsultantHUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LTD, CHENNAI

(NABET Accredited vide Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083, LetterNo.QCI/NABET/EIA/ACO/19/1098, Valid upto 23.01.2020)

NOVEMBER 2019

M/s SRI VENKATA SAI ORGANICSEIA/EMP Report

of 261

Acknowledgement

The following personnel are gratefully acknowledged for their fullest support in collection,

compilation of needful data regarding the project and kind cooperation in fulfilling the report on

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report of ‘Proposed “Change in Product Mix and

Expansion of Bulk Drug Intermediates &, Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients Manufacturing at

Existing Facility ” located at Sy.No. 132, Plot No. 57 & 58, Humnabad Industrial area, Gadavanthi

Village,Humnabad Taluk,Bidar District,Karnataka.

M/s. Sri Venkata Sai Organics,Smt. S. Sarojini Devi,Proprietor.

Mr. K.A.N.V. Prasad - GM Operations

M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems Private Limited1) Dr. J R Moses (CEO)

2) Dr. Raj Kumar Samuel (Director- Technical)

3) Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru (Consultancy Head )

4) Mrs. T. Rajani (Consultant)

5) Mr. B Harsha Vardhan (Consultant)

6) Mr. N. Varadharajan (Consultant)

7) Mr. Ramesh Kumaran (Trainee Engineer)

8) Mr. M P Raj (Junior Consultant)


of 261

Declaration by the Project ProponentI, S.Sarojini Devi (Proprietor) of M/s Sri Venkata Sai Organics, am undertaking that the contents

(information and data) of the EIA report is in the compliance with Terms of Reference (ToR)

issued for the “Proposed Change in Product Mix and Expansion of Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Manufacturing at Existing facility” located at Sy.No.132, Plot No. 57 &

58, Humnabad Industrial area, Gadavanthi Village,Humnabad Taluk,Bidar District,Karnataka.” and

the information and content provided in the report are factually correct.

for M/s Sri Venkata Sai Organics


of 261

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Dr. J R Moses hereby, confirm that the below mentioned experts prepared the EIA/EMP for the

“Proposed Change in Product Mix and Expansion of Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Manufacturing at Existing facility” located at Sy.No.132, Plot No. 57 &

58, Humnabad Industrial area, Gadavanthi Village,Humnabad Taluk,Bidar District,Karnataka”also

confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Date: 13.11.2019

Name: Dr. J.R Moses

Designation: CEO

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., Chennai.

NABET Certificate No & Validity: NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0083 valid upto 23.01.2020


of 261

Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIAI hereby certify that I was involved in the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the

above EIA .

EIA Co-ordinator

Name: Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru

Signature:

Date: 13.11.2019

Contact Information:

Hubert Enviro CareSystems Pvt.Ltd.,

# A-21, Phase III, Behind Lion Club School,

Thiru-vi-ka Industrial Area, Guindy,

Chennai –600032.

Tamil Nadu, India.

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.hecs.in

Functional Area Experts (FAEs):

S. No. Functional Areas Name of the Expert Signature Duration ofInvolvement

1. AP FAE Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Aug 2016 to till date

2. AQ FAE Mr. B Harsha Vardhan Feb 2017 to till date

3. WP FAE Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Aug 2016 to till date

4. SHW FAEMr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Aug 2016 to till date

Mrs T. Rajani (HW) June 2017to till date

5. SE FAE Mr. V. Dhivakar Aug 2016 to till date

6. EB FAE Dr. Rajkumar Samuel Aug 2016 to till date

7. HG FAE Mr. Mallikarjuna Rao Jan 2017 to till date

8. N FAE Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Aug 2016 to till date

9. LU FAE Mr. N. Varadharajan Nov 2017 to till date

10. RH FAE Dr. J R Moses Aug 2016 to till date


Page 5 of 261


above EIA .

EIA Co-ordinator


Signature:

Date: 13.11.2019





Chennai –600032.

Tamil Nadu, India.

















Page 5 of 261


above EIA .

EIA Co-ordinator


Signature:

Date: 13.11.2019





Chennai –600032.

Tamil Nadu, India.

















Page 2 of 261

AP-Air pollution monitoring, prevention and control

AQ-Meteorology, air quality modeling and prediction

WP- Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control

SHW-Solid and hazardous waste management

SE-Socio-economics

EB- Ecology and biodiversity

HG-Hydrology, ground water and water conservation

N-Noise & Vibration

LU-Land use

RH-Risk assessment and hazards management


Page 2 of 261

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 17

1.1 Project background..........................................................................................................................17

1.2 Overview of Sri Venkata Sai Organics Limited .................................................................................20

1.3 Categorization of the Report ...........................................................................................................21

1.4 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project & its importance to the country, region.21

1.4.1 Nature, Size & Location of the Project.....................................................................................21

1.5 Need for the Project and Its Importance to the Country and/Region.............................................24

1.6 Export possibility..............................................................................................................................24

1.7 EIA Study ..........................................................................................................................................24

1.8 EIA Cost ............................................................................................................................................25

1.9 Scope of the study ...........................................................................................................................25

1.10 Objectives of the Study....................................................................................................................27

1.11 Methodology adopted for the Study ...............................................................................................27

1.12 Applicable Regulatory Framework...................................................................................................27

1.13 Compliance to ToR issued vide File No.SEIAA 25 IND (VOIL)2018 dated 05.07.2018 .....................29

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 46

2.1 Type of Project.................................................................................................................................46

2.2 Need for the Project and importance to the Country and/Region..................................................46

2.3 Site Location.....................................................................................................................................47

2.4 Existing Environmental Setup ..........................................................................................................52

2.5 Size or Magnitude Of Operation......................................................................................................53

2.6 Project cost and proposed schedule for approval & implementation ............................................53

2.7 Technology & Process Description ..................................................................................................54

2.7.1 Products Manufactured...........................................................................................................54

2.7.2 Detailed Manufacturing process description...........................................................................55

2.8 Raw Materials Requirement ............................................................................................................56

2.9 Source of Supply of Raw Materials & Marketing Area of Final Products ........................................56

2.10 Storage Facility for Raw Materials and Products.............................................................................57

2.11 Resource Optimization/Recycling and Re-Use Envisaged in the Industry.......................................57

2.11.1 Solvent Recovery & Re-Use .............................................................................................................57

2.11.2 Spent Carbon ...................................................................................................................................58

2.12 Project Description Including Drawings Showing Project Layout, Components of Project.............59


Page 3 of 261

2.12.1 Project Layout, Components of Project...........................................................................................59

2.13 Resource Requirements...................................................................................................................62

2.13.1 Land Requirement and Land Use Planning......................................................................................62

2.13.2 Water Requirement .........................................................................................................................62

2.13.3 Power and Fuel Requirement ..........................................................................................................66

2.13.4 Manpower Requirement .................................................................................................................66

2.14 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management.......................................................................................66

2.14.1 Solid Waste Management................................................................................................................66

2.14.2 Hazardous waste Management .......................................................................................................67

2.15 Infrastructure facilities.....................................................................................................................68

2.16 Machinery & Equipment Details......................................................................................................68

2.17 Schematic Representations of the Feasibility Drawing which Give Information Important for EIAPurpose ........................................................................................................................................................69

2.18 Description of Mitigation Measures Incorporated Into the Project to Meet the EnvironmentalStandards .....................................................................................................................................................70

2.19 Construction Phase ..........................................................................................................................70

2.19.1.1 Impacts due to Land Acquisition and Location....................................................................71

2.19.1.2 Land Environment................................................................................................................71

2.19.1.3 Air Environment ...................................................................................................................72

2.19.1.4 Water Environment .............................................................................................................72

2.19.1.5 Noise Environment ..............................................................................................................73

2.19.1.6 Waste Generation................................................................................................................74

2.19.1.7 Ecology .................................................................................................................................74

2.19.1.8 Socio Economic Environment ..............................................................................................74

2.20 Operation Phase ..............................................................................................................................74

2.21 Land Environment............................................................................................................................75

2.21.1.1 Air Environment ...................................................................................................................76

2.21.1.2 Noise Environment ..............................................................................................................78

2.21.1.4 Water Environment .............................................................................................................79

2.21.1.6 Biological Environment ........................................................................................................82

2.21.1.7 Solid Waste Management....................................................................................................82

2.22 Assessment of New and untested technology for the risk of technological failure ........................83

3. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................................... 85

3.1 Preamble..........................................................................................................................................85


Page 4 of 261

3.2 Study Area........................................................................................................................................85

3.3 Description of the Study Area..........................................................................................................86

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive Areas .................................................................................88

3.5 Physical Conditions ..........................................................................................................................93

3.5.1 PIA District Profile ....................................................................................................................93

3.5.2 Climatic Conditions ..................................................................................................................93

3.5.3 Natural Resources of Bidar District..........................................................................................94

3.5.4 Land Use & Land Cover ............................................................................................................96

3.5.5 Topography ............................................................................................................................100

3.5.6 Geology of the PIA District.....................................................................................................102

3.5.7 Geomorphology of PIA District ..............................................................................................102

3.5.8 Hydrogeology of PIA District ..................................................................................................105

3.5.9 Drainage Pattern in PIA District .............................................................................................106

3.5.10 Soils in PIA District .................................................................................................................108

3.5.11 Cyclones & Depressions, Winds and Coastal Erosion in PIA District .....................................109

3.5.12 Seismicity ...............................................................................................................................110

3.6 Air Environment.............................................................................................................................111

3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions.....................................................................................................111

3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection .............................................................................................112

3.6.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data ..........................................................112

3.6.4 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period .......................................................................113

3.7 Site Specific Meteorological data during Study Period..................................................................113

3.7.1 Atmospheric Inversion...........................................................................................................114

3.7.2 Ambient Air Quality ...............................................................................................................114

3.7.2.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations ..........................................................................115

3.7.2.2 Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency...........................................................117

3.8 Noise Environment ........................................................................................................................121

3.8.1 Results and Discussions .........................................................................................................123

3.8.2 Observations ..........................................................................................................................123

3.9 Water Environment .......................................................................................................................124

3.9.1 Surface Water Resources.......................................................................................................124

3.9.2 Surface Water Quality Assessment........................................................................................124

3.9.3 Ground water resources ........................................................................................................130

3.10 Soil as a Resource and its Quality ..................................................................................................136


Page 5 of 261

3.10.1 Soil quality..............................................................................................................................136

3.10.2 Results and Discussions .........................................................................................................140

3.11 Biological Environment ..................................................................................................................140

3.11.1 Flora .......................................................................................................................................140

3.11.2 Fauna......................................................................................................................................143

3.11.3 Mammals ...............................................................................................................................143

3.11.4 Birds .......................................................................................................................................144

3.12 Socio-economic profile of the Project Influence Area...................................................................145

3.12.1 Socio Economic Aspects.........................................................................................................145

3.12.2 Socio economic Profile of the study area ..............................................................................146

3.12.3 Employment and Livelihood ..................................................................................................147

3.12.4 Education facilities .................................................................................................................149

3.12.5 Health Facilities within the study area ..................................................................................151

3.12.6 Sanitation Facilities & Drinking water facilities within the Study Area .................................152

3.12.7 Infrastructure within Study Area ...........................................................................................155

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES .157

4.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................157

4.2 Construction Phase ........................................................................................................................157

4.2.1 Land Environment..................................................................................................................158

4.2.2 Air Environment .....................................................................................................................158

4.2.3 Water Environment ...............................................................................................................159

4.2.4 Noise Environment ................................................................................................................160

4.2.5 Waste Generation..................................................................................................................160

4.2.6 Ecology ...................................................................................................................................161

4.2.7 Socio-Economic Environment ................................................................................................161

4.3 Operation Phase ............................................................................................................................161


4.3.2 Air Environment.....................................................................................................................163



4.3.5 Biological Environment ..........................................................................................................173

4.3.6 Waste Generation..................................................................................................................173

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ........................................................176


Page 6 of 261

5.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................176

5.2 Alternate Site Analysis ...................................................................................................................176

5.3 Connectivity of the Project Site .....................................................................................................176

5.4 Process alternative.........................................................................................................................176

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM .......................................178

6.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................178

6.2 Objectives ......................................................................................................................................178

6.3 Environmental Monitoring Programme ........................................................................................179

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES...................................................................183

7.1 Public Consultation ........................................................................................................................183

7.2 Risk Assessment.............................................................................................................................183

7.3 Disaster Management Plan............................................................................................................184

7.4 R&R Action Plan .............................................................................................................................184

7.5 Hazard Identification and Safety System.......................................................................................184

7.5.1 Hazard Identified In the Factory........................................................................................184

7.5.2 Scenario Based Emergency Actions................................................................................185

7.6 Assessment of Ecological Damage, Remediation Plan And Natural And Community ResourcesAugmentation Plan ....................................................................................................................................188

7.7 Enumeration of the aspects of violation.......................................................................................189

7.8 Quantification of Damage Assessment..........................................................................................193

7.8.1 Air Environment .....................................................................................................................193



7.8.4 Solid Waste ............................................................................................................................205


7.8.2 Socio Economic ......................................................................................................................214

7.9 Summary of Damage Assessment .................................................................................................215

8. PROJECT BENEFITS .....................................................................217

9. ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS .....................................219

10. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................221

10.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................221

10.2 Objectives of EMP..........................................................................................................................221


Page 7 of 261

10.3 EMP Roles and Responsibilities .....................................................................................................222

10.4 EMP for Construction Phase ..........................................................................................................226

10.5 EMP for Operational Phase............................................................................................................227

10.5.1 Air Quality ......................................................................................................................................227

10.5.2 Noise Environment ........................................................................................................................228

10.5.3 Water and Wastewater Management...........................................................................................229

10.5.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management.....................................................................................231

10.5.5 Land Environment..........................................................................................................................231

10.5.6 Ecology...........................................................................................................................................231

10.5.7 Socio – Economic Environment .....................................................................................................232

10.6 Available Safety Systems ...............................................................................................................232

10.6.1 Fire Hydrant System.......................................................................................................................232

10.6.2 Fire Extinguisher ............................................................................................................................233

10.6.3 Emergency Equipments and PPEs..................................................................................................234

10.7 Work Zone Monitoring Equipments ..............................................................................................235

10.7.1 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator ...........................................................................................235

10.8 Occupational Health Centre (OHC) ................................................................................................235

10.8.1 First Aid Boxes.....................................................................................................................235

10.9 Occupational Health And Safety Program .....................................................................................237

10.10 Construction Phase ....................................................................................................................237

10.11 Operation Phase ........................................................................................................................238

10.12 Occupational Health Monitoring ...............................................................................................238

10.13 Safety, Health and Environment Policy .....................................................................................239

10.14 Corporate Environmental Responsibility ...................................................................................239

10.15 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan (EMP) ........................................................240

10.16 Greenbelt Development ............................................................................................................240

11. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ............................................................243

11.1 Background of the Project .............................................................................................................243

11.2 Location of Project Site ..................................................................................................................243

11.3 Need and Justification of Project Development ............................................................................243

11.4 Project summary............................................................................................................................244

11.5 Baseline Study................................................................................................................................245

11.5.1 Meteorological Environment .................................................................................................245


Page 8 of 261

11.5.2 Ambient Air Quality ...............................................................................................................245





11.6 Socio Economic Environment ........................................................................................................248

11.7 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigative measures......................................................248

11.7.1 Air Environment .....................................................................................................................248



11.7.2 Land Use.................................................................................................................................249

11.8 Environmental Monitoring Program..............................................................................................250

11.9 Greenbelt Development ................................................................................................................250

11.10 Analysis of Alternative Sites.......................................................................................................250

11.11 Additional Studies ......................................................................................................................250

11.12 Risk Analysis ...............................................................................................................................250

11.12.1 Risk Control Measures .......................................................................................................250

11.13 Disaster Management Plan........................................................................................................251

11.14 On-Site Emergency Plan.............................................................................................................251

11.15 Benefits of the Proposed Project ...............................................................................................251

11.16 Environmental Management Plan .............................................................................................252

11.17 Conclusion..................................................................................................................................252

12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ....................................................254

12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS) ....................................................254

12.2 Quality Policy of HECS....................................................................................................................255


Page 9 of 261

LIST OF TABLESTable 1-1 Existing and proposed products with capacity .........................................................................................18Table 1-2 Chronology matrix of the project ................................................................................................................19Table 1-3 Project Summary ..........................................................................................................................................20Table 1-4 Site coordinates ............................................................................................................................................22Table 1-5 Project site salient features .........................................................................................................................23Table 1-6 Applicable Acts and Rules ..........................................................................................................................28Table 2-1 List of Industries within 10km radius of the project site ..........................................................................52Table 2-2 List of Reserved forests within the 15km radius of the study area .......................................................52Table 2-3 List of water bodies within the 15km radius of the study area ...............................................................53Table 2-4 Nearest Human Settlement.........................................................................................................................53Table 2-5 Capital Investment of the proposed Expansion .......................................................................................54Table 2-6 Time schedule for completion of the proposed project ...........................................................................54Table 2-7 Existing & proposed products with capacity .............................................................................................54Table 2-8 Details of Storage Quantities ......................................................................................................................57Table 2-9 Solvent Recovery and Re-use....................................................................................................................57Table 2-10 Spent carbon recovery and disposal .......................................................................................................58Table 2-11 Land use pattern of the project site .........................................................................................................59Table 2-12 Ground coverage area break up ..............................................................................................................59Table 2-13 Site Bearings...............................................................................................................................................62Table 2-14 Water requirement break-up for existing & proposed expansion........................................................63Table 2-15 Power and Fuel Requirement...................................................................................................................66Table 2-16 Manpower Requirement ............................................................................................................................66Table 2-17 Municipal solid waste generation and management .............................................................................66Table 2-18 Other solid waste during operation phase ..............................................................................................67Table 2-19 Hazardous Waste Management ..............................................................................................................67Table 2-20 List of machinery and equipments ...........................................................................................................68Table 2-21 Steam, Water requirement & Energy requirement ................................................................................68Table 2-22 Air pollution control measures (Existing) ...............................................................................................77Table 2-23 Air pollution control measures (After expansion)..................................................................................77Table 2-24 Sewage/Effluent Treatment and Disposal ..............................................................................................81Table 2-25 Characteristics of Effluent Generated .....................................................................................................81Table 3-1 Environmentally sensitive areas within 15 km from project boundary..................................................88Table 3-2 District land use/land cover statistics ........................................................................................................96Table 3-3 Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10Km radius of the Study Area ......................................................98Table 3-4 Climatological Summary – Bidar Region (1971-2000)..........................................................................112Table 3-5 Meteorology Data for Study Period (Sept ot Nov 2018) .......................................................................114Table 3-6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations...............................................................................................115Table 3-7: Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters .................................................117Table 3-8 Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants..........................................................119Table 3-9 Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels.................................................................................................123Table 3-10: Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters.....................................................124Table 3-11Surface water Standards..........................................................................................................................125Table 3-12 Surface water sampling locations ..........................................................................................................126Table 3-13 Surface Water Monitoring Results .........................................................................................................128Table 3-14 Groundwater Potential in Humnabad Taluk as on 31st march 2009 .................................................131Table 3-15 Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations ........................................................................132Table 3-16: Ground Water Monitoring Results ........................................................................................................134


Page 10 of 261

Table 3-17 Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ..........................................................................................................137Table 3-18 Soil Quality Monitoring Results ..............................................................................................................139Table 3-19 List of Flora Observed in the Study Area..............................................................................................140Table 3-20 List of Mammals Reported/Observed in the Study Area ....................................................................143Table 3-21 List of Reptiles Reported/Observed in the Study Area .......................................................................144Table 3-22 List of Amphibians Reported/Observed in the Study Area ................................................................144Table 3-23 List of Birds Observed in the Study Area..............................................................................................144Table 3-24: Bidar District Social Indicators .............................................................................................................146Table 3-25: Demographic details of all the villages in the study area ..................................................................146Table 3-26 Workers group distribution in the study area .......................................................................................148Table 3-27: District literacy rate .................................................................................................................................149Table 3-28: Literacy rate of the study area...............................................................................................................150Table 3-29: Education Infrastructures in the Study area ........................................................................................151Table 3-30 Details of Health Facilties in District and Project taluks .....................................................................151Table 3-31: Village wise sanitation & drinking water facilities within the Study Area.........................................153Table 3-32: State Highways in the Study Area ........................................................................................................155Table 3-33: Total stretch of different roads in the district .......................................................................................155Table 3-34: Summary of socioeconomic indicators of the study area..................................................................155Table 4-1 Existing Stacks Emission Details .............................................................................................................165Table 4-2 Proposed additional Stacks Emission Details ........................................................................................165Table 4-3 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concencentrations of Particulate Matter..................................................166Table 4-4 First 10 Highest Concencentrations of Sulphur Dioxide......................................................................166Table 4-5 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concencentrations of Nitrogen Oxides ....................................................167Table 4-6 Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions.................................................................168Table 4-7 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Disposal..........................................................................172Table 4-8 Characteristics of Effluent Generated .....................................................................................................172Table 5-1 Connectivity to the Project Site ................................................................................................................176Table 6-1 Environmental Monitoring for Construction Phase ................................................................................179Table 6-2 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Program...................................................................................180Table 7-1 Enumeration of the aspects of violation based on utilisation of resources .......................................189Table 7-2 Fuel consumption from 2007-2008 to 2016-2017 .................................................................................193Table 7-3 Quantification of emission for Boiler from 2007-2008 to 2016-2017 ..................................................194Table 7-4 Quantification of Emission for DG set from 2007-2008 to 2016-2017...............................................194Table 7-5 Quantification of Emissions (2007 – 2017).............................................................................................194Table 7-6 Existing stack emission details .................................................................................................................195Table 7-7 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations Particulate Matter..............................................................196Table 7-8 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations of SO2 .................................................................................196Table 7-9 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations of NOx ................................................................................197Table 7-10 Total maximum GLC’s from existing stack emission ..........................................................................198Table 7-11 Total maximum GLCs after expansion..................................................................................................198Table 7-12 Existing water consumption/water usage breakup..............................................................................198Table 7-13 Yearwise water consumption from 2007-2008 to 2016-2017 ............................................................199Table 7-14 Damage due to sewage and remediation measures ..........................................................................199Table 7-15 Details of Effluent & Wastewater generation from 2007 to 2017 ......................................................200Table 7-16 Noise generating source .........................................................................................................................200Table 7-17 Noise modelling results ...........................................................................................................................201Table 7-18 Details of Solid waste generation from 2007-2017 .............................................................................205Table 7-19 List of flora reported/observed in study area........................................................................................205Table 7-20 List of Mammals reported/observed in the study area........................................................................209


Page 11 of 261

Table 7-21 List of Reptiles Reported/Observed in the Study Area .......................................................................209Table 7-22 List of Amphibians Reported/Observed in the Study Area ................................................................210Table 7-23 List of Birds observed in the study area................................................................................................210Table 7-24 Crop production yield report of bidar region.........................................................................................211Table 7-25 List of Fauna as per Humnabad Forest department ..........................................................................212Table 7-26 Water bodies &R forest within in 10 km from the project site ............................................................212Table 7-27 List of diseases & people affected in Humnabad area .......................................................................214Table 10-1 EMC Responsibility..................................................................................................................................223Table 10-2 Compliance to the Consent Condition ..................................................................................................226Table 10-3 Air Pollution Control Measures (Existing) ............................................................................................228Table 10-4 Air Pollution Control Measures (After expansion) ..............................................................................228Table 10-5 Rainwater Harvesting-run of co-efficient calculations (Proposed) ....................................................230Table 10-6 Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different Fires ..........................................................................233Table 10-7 Fire extinguishers available at existing facility ....................................................................................234Table 10-8 Action plan for Occupational Health & Safety of workers(2020-2021) .............................................238Table 10-9 CER plan for next three years, 2020 to 2023.......................................................................................239Table 10-10 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan ...........................................................................240Table 11-1 Project Summary......................................................................................................................................244


Page 12 of 261

LIST OF FIGURESFigure 1-1 Location map of the project Site ...............................................................................................................22Figure 2-1 Location map of the project site ................................................................................................................47Figure 2-2 Google Imagery of the project site............................................................................................................48Figure 2-3 1 km radius Google imagery of the project site .....................................................................................48Figure 2-4 5 km radius Google imagery of the project site ......................................................................................49Figure 2-5 10km radius Google imagery of the project site ....................................................................................49Figure 2-6 Environmental Sensitive areas within 15Km radius ...............................................................................50Figure 2-7 Industries within the 10km radius of the project site ..............................................................................51Figure 2-8 General activity of the project....................................................................................................................55Figure 2-9 Typical solvent recovery system ...............................................................................................................58Figure 2-10 Existing plant photographs ......................................................................................................................60Figure 2-11 Existing and proposed project site layout..............................................................................................61Figure 2-12 Existing Water Balance Chart .................................................................................................................64Figure 2-13 Water balance chart for proposed expansion.......................................................................................65Figure 2-14 Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Process ...............................................................................70Figure 2-15 Waste Management Concept .................................................................................................................83Figure 3-1 Satellite image of the study area of project .............................................................................................86Figure 3-2 Topo Map of the Study Area .....................................................................................................................87Figure 3-3 Environmental sensitive areas covering the study area (15 Km radius).............................................92Figure 3-4 Geology & Minerals Map of Karnataka ....................................................................................................95Figure 3-5 Land Use Pattern in the PIA District.........................................................................................................96Figure 3-6 Land Use Map of Bidar district ..................................................................................................................97Figure 3-7 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area ........................................................................................................98Figure 3-8 LULC map of the Study area.....................................................................................................................99Figure 3-9 Physical map of Karnataka state ............................................................................................................100Figure 3-10 Contour map of project site ...................................................................................................................101Figure 3-11 Geology Map of PIA District ..................................................................................................................102Figure 3-12 Geomorphology pattern of study area .................................................................................................103Figure 3-13 Geomorphology map of study area......................................................................................................104Figure 3-14 Hydrogeology Map of PIA district .........................................................................................................106Figure 3-15 Drainage map of the study area ...........................................................................................................107Figure 3-16 Soil Map of Karnataka State .................................................................................................................109Figure 3-17 Wind Hazard Map of Karnataka............................................................................................................110Figure 3-18 Seismicity Map of India ..........................................................................................................................111Figure 3-19 Specific Windrose for the Study Period (Sep to Nov 2018)..............................................................113Figure 3-20 Hourly variation of the mixing heights ..................................................................................................114Figure 3-21 Map showing the ambient air quality monitoring locations ...............................................................116Figure 3-22 Trends of Measured Ambient Air Pollutants Concentrations in the Study Area ............................121Figure 3-23 Map showing the noise monitoring locations.....................................................................................122Figure 3-24 Map showing the surface water monitoring locations ......................................................................127Figure 3-25: Status of Ground Water Utilisation of Bidar District..........................................................................131Figure 3-26 Ground water depth levels of the district .............................................................................................132Figure 3-27 Map showing the ground water monitoring locations ........................................................................133Figure 3-28 Map showing the soil monitoring locations .........................................................................................138Figure 3-29: Literacy rate of District Vs Taluk..........................................................................................................149Figure 4-1 Wind rose diagram considered for Dispersion Modelling (Sept to Nov 2018) .................................163Figure 4-2 Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter within 10 km Radius of the Study Area ..................165


Page 13 of 261

Figure 4-3 Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of Sulfur Dioxide within 10 km radius of the Study area ...........................166Figure 4-4 Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOX within 10 km Radius of the Study Area.........................................167Figure 4-5 Waste Management Concept..................................................................................................................174Figure 7-1 Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter within 10 km Radius of the Study Area ..................195Figure 7-2 Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Sulfur Dioxide within 10 km Radius of the Study Area.........................196Figure-7-3 Predicted24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOx within 10 km Radius of the Study Area .........................................197Figure-7-4 Noise Contours due to Boiler Feed water pump ..................................................................................201Figure-7-5 Noise Contours due to FD Fan ...............................................................................................................202Figure-7-6 Noise Contours due to ID Fan ................................................................................................................202Figure-7-7 Noise Contours due to DG Set ...............................................................................................................203Figure-7-8 Noise Contours due to Cooling Tower...................................................................................................203Figure-7-9 Noise Contours due to of Air Compressor ............................................................................................204Figure-7-10 Noise Contours due to of Chilling Plant ..............................................................................................204Figure 10-1 Environmental Management Cell .........................................................................................................222Figure 10-2 Environmental policy ..............................................................................................................................225Figure 10-3 Schematic diagram of Rain water Harvesting ....................................................................................230Figure 10-4 Existing Fire hydrant photographs........................................................................................................233Figure 10-5 Emergency Organization Chart ............................................................................................................237Figure 10-6 Existing green belt photographs ..........................................................................................................241


Page 14 of 261

List of AbbreviationsAAQ Ambient Air QualityAAQM Ambient Air Quality MonitoringAPC Air Pollution ControlATFD Agitated Thin Film DryerBOD Biological Oxygen DemandCPCB Central Pollution Control BoardCSR Corporate Social ResponsibilityCOD Chemical Oxygen DemadCFE Consent for EstablishmentCFO Consent for OperationDMP Disaster Management PlanEC Environmental ClearanceEIA Environmental Impact AssessmentEMC Environmental Management CellEMP Environmental Management PlanETP Effluent Treatment PlantEAC Expert Appraisal CommitteeFE Forced EvaporationGLC Ground Level ConcentrationISO International Organisation for StandardizationKSPCB Karnataka State Pollution Control BoardkWh Kilowatt hourkVA kilo Volt AmpsMEE Multiple Effect EvaporatorMSDS Material Safety Data SheetsNAAQ National Ambient Air QualityPCB Pollution Control BoardPCU Passenger Car UnitRA Risk AssessmentR & D Research & DevelopmentSTP Sewage Treatment PlantSVSO Sri Venkata Sai OrganicsSEIAA State Environmental Impact Assessment AuthoritySEAC State Expert Appraisal CommitteeTDS Total Dissolved SolidsToR Terms of ReferenceTSDF Treatment, Storage and Disposal FacilityTSS Total Suspended SolidsZLD Zero Liquid Discharge

Note: In this EIA report the spelling of village name is mentioned as Humnabad & Homnabad.Please make a note that both are same. Homnabad is mentioned in SOI topo sheets.


Page 15 of 261

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure No. Name of Annexure Page No1 Land documents 1

2 Existing Consent orders 14

3 Compliance report of existing consent orders 69

4 Material balance and process flow chart 74

5 List of Raw materials 1216 MSDS for products & raw materials 1247 Existing and proposed site layout 601

8 Bore well self declaration 6029 Existing water balance 60310 Proposed water balance 60411 KSPCB HWM authorization Letter 60512 TSDF agreement 60713 Proposed Green belt layout 60914 Onsite Emergency Plan 61015 Risk Analysis report 65016 Project SOP for Occupational Health checkup Plan & Compliance 72617 Existing Annual Health reports 72818 GMP and P&ID Layout 74919 Fire Extinguishers details 75020 Self declaration for not using of Banned chemicals 75121 Raw data of all AAQ measurements 75222 Proposed ETP Process Flow Diagram 75623 Proposed STP Process Flow Diagram 757

24 Proponent reason for EC not obtained as per EIA notification 2006and it Amendment 758

25 Environmental Policy 760Note : Annexure are provided as Sperate Book

CHAPTER – 1INTRODUCTION


Page 17 of 261

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Project background

M/s. Sri Venkata Sai Organics is an India based company the registered office of the company is

located in the State of Karnataka. M/s. Sri Venkata Sai Organics (SVSO) is an existing unit

proposing change in product mix and expansion of production capacity of Bulk drug Intermediates

& Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs), and expansion of existing facility infrastructure. The

existing facility is situated at Sy.No. 132, Plot. No: 57 & 58, Humnabad Industrial area, Gadavanthi

Village, Humnabad taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka – 585 530.

SVSO is currently manufacturing 2 products with a total production capacity of 420 MTPA. Now

proposing 6 new products with a total capacity of 1572 MTPA which includes reduction of

consented manufacturing quantity of 1 existing product from 300 MTPA to 120 MTPA and deleting

1 existing product with the consented quantity of 120 MTPA along with some additional facilities.

After expansion, SVSO will produce 7 products with total capacity of 1692 MTPA (6 new products

and 1 existing product). The list of products and their respective quantities are given in Table 1-1.

M/s. Sri Venkata Sai Organics has already obtained Combined consent orders for existing facility

vide 08/ PCB/ Ro(BDR) UIN -0605023775 /CFO /2012-13 /313 DT 16/07/2012, valid up to

30.06.2017.

The Chronology Matrix of the company is provided in Table 1-2. The total land area is 8000 Sq.mt

(1.976 Acres). There is no additional land acquisition for proposed expansion, sufficient area is

available for the proposed expansion, only additional facilities will be proposed for

expansion,ground coverage area will be increased from 737.6 sq.m to 1879 sq.m.


Page 18 of 261

Table 1-1 Existing and proposed products with capacity

S. No Name of the ProductCapacity (MTPA)

Existing Proposed Total afterExpansion

1 Bis2 Aniline 300 120 1202 Cyclohexane Di Acetic Acid Monomide 120 Removed -3 Ibuprofen 0 1080 1080

4 Chloro Ketone (Intermediate of DarunavirEthanolate and Atazanavir Intermediate) 0 24 24

5 Grignard Reaction 0 120 120

6 1-(3 Chlorophenyl) Piperazine HCl(Trazadon Intermediate) Trz 0 72 72

75(S)-2-Amino-5-(N,N-(Dibenzyl Amino)-4-Oxo-1,6-Diphenyl Hex-2-Ene (Dah)Lopinavir Intermediate

0 36 36

8 1-(Aminomethyl) Cyclohexaneacetic AcidHydro Chloride 0 240 240

Total 420 1692 1692Note:

1. Removed 1 product ( serial no. 2) : 120 MTPA

2. Capacity reduction 1 Product (serial no. 1) : 300 to 120 MTPA

3. Added 6 products (serial no. 3 to 8) : 1572 MTPA

4. After expansion total 7 products : 1692 MTPA


Page 19 of 261

Table 1-2 Chronology matrix of the project

Ownershipdetails Year Products EC No. CFE No. CFO No. Remarks

M/s. SriVenkata Sai

Organics(SVSO)

2017

S. No Name Capacity(MTPA)

Applied forEC videSIA/KA/IND2/24487/2018 dated;12.4.2018

-- --

Existing 420MTPA(2 Products)

From existing 1product deleting120 MTPA

New addition1572 MTPA(6 Products)

Total 1692 MTPA(7 Products)

1 Bis2 Aniline 120

2 Ibuprofen 1080

3 Chloro Ketone (Intermediate Of DarunavirEthanolate And Atazanavir Intermediate) 24

4 Grignard Reaction 120

5 1-(3 Chlorophenyl) Piperazine Hcl(Trazadon Intermediate) Trz 72


36

7 1-(Aminomethyl) Cyclohexaneacetic AcidHydro Chloride 240

2012

1 BIS – 2Amine (Retained 300

-Combined consent orders 08/PCB/Ro(BDR) UIN– 0605023775/CFO/2012-13/313Valid till : 30/06/2017

2 products with420 MTPA capacity

2 Cyclohexane Diacetic Acid Monomide(Deleting) 120

20081 BIS-2 Amine HCL 300

--

CFE-CELL/ VSO/EIA-23/2007-2008/217Dt:25-03-2008

PCB 45. HPI 08/2008-09/451Dt:20-11-2008

2 products with420 MTPA capacity

2 Cydohexane Diacetic Acid Monomide 120


Page 20 of 261

1.2 Overview of Sri Venkata Sai Organics Limited

M/s Sri Venkata Sai Organics is a proprietor concern unit. Established in the year 2005 by Smt. S.

Sarojini Devi. The unit started the commercial production in the year 2006. Existing facility is

situated at Sy.No. 132, Plot. No: 57 & 58, Gadavanthi Village, Humnabad Industrial area,

Humnabad taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka – 585 530.

SVSO corporate office is located at Flat No.3-6-536, Raja Residency, 3-6-536, Rd.No. 7, Himayat

Nagar, Hyderabad – 500029, Telangana State.

Due to market demand SVSO proposes change in product mix and expansion of production

capacity by introducing new products and facility expansion. The company is assigning prime

importance for environmental protection. The company will be implemented zero liquid discharge

concepts and complied the environmental laws. The industry has maintained greenery inside the

industry.. Project overview is provided in Table 1-3.

Table 1-3 Project Summary

S. No Description Unit Existing Proposed After Expansion

1 Products Nos 2 6 Nos (New)1 nos (Existing) 7

2 Quantity MTPA 420 1692 16923 Project land Sq. m 8000 -- 80004 Land coverage area Sq. m 737.6 1141.4 18795 Greenbelt Sq. m 2000 640 2640 (33%)6 Vacant land -- 5262.4 - 34817 Water consumption KLD 26.9 48.1 758 Source of Water -- Inhouse Borewell Inhouse Borewell Inhouse Borewell

9 Effluent generation KLD 6.1 17.4 23.5

10 ETP Capacity KLD 7.0 30 30

11 MEE Capacity KLD 6 (FE) 50 50

12 Sewage KLD 0.8 4.1 4.9

13 Sewage Treatment Plant KLD Septic tank 5 5

14 Power RequirementGESCOM (KEB)

kVA 65 685 750

15 DG (kVA) kVA 160 600 760

16 Boiler TPH 0. 75 5.0 5. 75

17 Cooling Tower TR 1 1 2

18 Diesel Requirement Ltrs/day 100 200 300


Page 21 of 261


19 Fuel TPDCoal

TPD1.5 8.5 10.0

Briquitte 3.0 12.0 15.0

20 ManpowerPermanent

Nos5 75 80

Temporary 2 50 52

21 Project cost Crores 2.0 10.0 12.0

1.3 Categorization of the Report

The proposed project is termed under Schedule 5 (f), Category B, Synthetic Organic Chemicals as

per the EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments.

SVSO applied for Environmental Clearance at SEIAA, vide File No. SEIAA 10 IND 2017 dated

24.03.2017. The proposal was appraised in 180th SEAC meeting held on 07.04.2017. The

committee deferred the proposal as per the Violation notification vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March

2017 and directed to apply at MoEF & CC due to operational of project without obtaining prior

Environmental Clearance.

ToR application was submitted to MoEF&CC vide IA/KA/IND2/68439/2017 dated 20th May 2017.

The proposal was appraised in 4th EAC meeting held on 21.02.2018 . EAC recommended for

issuing of Terms of Reference and meanwhile MoEF&CC has issued O&M circular vide S.O

1030(E) dated 8th March, 2018. Subsequently our file has been transferred to SEIAA, Karnataka.

Again ToR application was submitted at SEAC Karnataka under Violation category vide proposal

no. SIA/KA/IND2/24487/2018 dated 12.04.2018. The proposal was appraised in 199th SEAC

meeting held on 02.06.2018 and 151st SEIAA meeting held on 26.06.2018. SEIAA issued the

Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report vide F.No.

SEIAA/F.No- SEIAA 25 IND (VOIL) 2018 dated 05.07.2018 under violation category.

1.4 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project & its importance to thecountry, region

1.4.1 Nature, Size & Location of the ProjectThe project site is situated at Sy.no.132, Plot no. 57 & 58, Humnabad Industrial area, Gadavanthi

Village, Humnabad taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka – 585 530. The project site falls in the SOI

toposheet No. 56G-01&02. The coordinates of the project site are given in Table 1-4. The location

of the project site is appended in Figure 1-1.The land ownership documents are enclosed as

Annexure-1. The project salient features are represented in Table 1-5.


Page 22 of 261

The total land area is 8000 Sq.mt (1.976 Acres). There is no additional land acquisition for

proposed change in product mix and expansion project, sufficient area is available for the proposed

project , only additional infrastructure facilities will be proposed for change in product mix and

expansion project, also ground coverage area will be increased from 737.6 sq.m to 1879 sq.m.

Figure 1-1 Location map of the project Site

Table 1-4 Site coordinates

S. No Corner Point Site Co-ordinates1 1. 17°45'35.15"N, 77° 5'45.96"E2 2. 17°45'36.66"N, 77° 5'43.86"E3 3. 17°45'34.07"N, 77° 5'41.81"E4 4. 17°45'32.58"N, 77° 5'44.03"E


Page 22 of 261









Page 22 of 261









Page 23 of 261

Table 1-5 Project site salient features

S.No Features Description1 Name of the Project Proposed Change in product mix & expansion of Bulk drug Intermediates and

Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) within the existing facility

Expansion details

S.No Details No of Products Capacity (MTPA)

1 Existing 02 420

2 Dropped products 01 120

3 Expansion in existingcapacity Nil --

4 New Products 06 15725 After Expansion 07 1692

3 Land Area 8000m2 (1.976 Acres)

4 Centre coordinates of theproject site

Latitude: 17°45'34.54"NLongitude: 77°05'43.74"E

5 Elevation ~647 m above MSL6 Nearest Railway station Humnabad railway station ~ 4.75km(E)

7 Nearest Highway NH-218 (Bidar - Hospet)~0.25 km (NW).NH 65 (Hyderabad - Mumbai Hwy)- 0.95 km (NNE)

8 Nearest Airport Bidar defence Airport is about ~41.5 km towards (NE)Hyderabad International Airport ~152.50 Km towards (SE)

9 Nearest major Town Bidar – ~45.5 Km, NE10 Nearest Port Mumbai Port is about ~470 km(WNW)

11 Nearest Villages

S.No Villages Distance(~km) Direction Population

(Censes 2011)1 Humnabad 2.42 ENE 44,4832 Molkhera 2.31 NW 28513 Basantpur 1.99 SW 9504 Kathalli 3.07 S 14435 Gadwanti 2.29 NNE 4,194

12

ReservedForest/ProtectedForest/Notified WildlifeSanctuary/Ecologicallysensitive areas

1 Hudgi RF 9.36 ESE2 RF near Laldhari 3.18 SW3 RF near Mustapura 5.84 SW

4 RF nearMalkapurwadi 13.26 NE

5 Bilkhera RF 12.94 ESE6 RF near Talmadgi 14.78 E7 RF near Shamtabad 14.76 ESE8 RF near Malsapura 12.80 SE9 Rampura RF 12.13 SE

10 Bhimanal RF 14.68 SSW11 RF near Handral 11.14 WNW12 RF near Niragudi 14.41 WNW13 RF near Rolla 14.20 WNW14 Narayanpur RF 10.85 NW

13 Water Bodies

1 Chandri/ Dodda Halla 1.87 N2 Mullahmari N 9.84 SSW3 Mullahmari Reservoir 9.35 SW4 Dodda Halla 14.27 SE


Page 24 of 261

5 Mullahmari Left BankCanal 8.74 S

6 Mullahmari RightBank Canal 10.58 SSW

7 Mullahmari R 12.69 WSW14 Defence installations Bidar Defence Airport is about ~41.5 km towards (NE)

1.5 Need for the Project and Its Importance to the Country and/Region

India with its large talented manpower, cost effective chemical synthesis, legal & financial

framework is poised to become sourcing destination for Bulk drug Intermediates & Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) to the global market.

The pharmaceutical industry in India ranks third in the world in terms of volume and contributes

10% to the global pharmaceutical production. According to the department of Pharmaceuticals, the

Indian pharmaceutical industry is pegged at Rs 810 bn, which includes domestic sales and exports.

According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, the sector employs about 340,000 persons and

an estimated 400,000 doctors and 300,000 chemists are serving its 1 bn-plus market.

In line with the market demand M/s. Sri Venkata Sai Organics (SVSO) proposes the change in

product mix and expansion of production capacity of Bulk drug Intermediates & Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients within the existing facility.

1.6 Export possibility

From the market survey, the selected products are found to have potential demand in export as

well as domestic market.

1.7 EIA Study

SVSO, as a part of the compliance to the regulatory requirement i.e., to obtain Environmental

Clearance from SEIAA, Karnataka, has appointed Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd. Chennai,

as Environmental Consultant.

The work of undertaking field studies and preparation of Form- 1, PFR, EIA/EMP report under 5(f)

Schedule category ‘B’ has been assigned to M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd., Chennai by

the project proponent. HECS is accredited by the National Accreditation Board for Education &

Training (NABET), Quality Council of India for Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry (Dyes & dye

Intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic

organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates) of Schedule 5 (f)

vide Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1618/RA0083, Letter no. QCI/NABET/EIA/ACO/19/1098 valid up to

23.01.2020.


Page 25 of 261

1.8 EIA Cost

EIA study was undertaken by HECS for an amount of Rs 7.0 Lakhs.The base line monitoring was

undertaken at an additional cost of Rs. 3.5 lakhs, by HECS Laboratory division at Chennai,

MoEF&CC accredited laboratory.

1.9 Scope of the study

The scope of the study is based on EIA notification 2006, Generic Structure of Environmental

Impact Assessment document. Work mentioned includes an assessment study of proposed bulk

drug Intermediates & Pharmaceutical manufacturing unit and their impact on the region. This study

puts forward the most effective ways to protect the environment from increasing pollution caused

by the burgeoning industrial development and recommendations for environmental-friendly

development initiatives in the region. An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an

assessment of the possible impact, whether positive or negative, that a proposed project may have

on the environment, together consisting of the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at

“Sustainable Development” due to the project activities.

This EIA report presents the existing baseline scenario and the assessment and evaluation of the

environmental impacts that may rise during the construction and operational phases of the project.

This report also highlights the Environmental Monitoring Program during the construction and

operation phases of the project and the post project monitoring program. In terms of the EIA

Notification dated 14th September 2006 and subsequent amendments.

The generic structure of the EIA document will be as under:

Chapter 1: IntroductionIntroductory information is presented in this Chapter. The introduction chapter provides background

to the project, project proponent and describes the objective of this document. The purpose and

organization of the report is also presented in this chapter.

Chapter 2: Project DescriptionThis Chapter includes Project Description and Infrastructure Facilities delineating all the industrial

and environmental aspect of M/s. Sri Venkata Sai Organics’s Construction and operation phases

activities as well as process details of proposed products.

Chapter 3: Description of the EnvironmentThis Chapter provides baseline environmental status of Environmental Components (Primary data)

delineating meteorological details of the project site and surrounding area.


Page 26 of 261

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation MeasuresThis Chapter presents the analysis of impacts on the environmental and social aspects of the

project as a result of establishment of plan and thereby suggesting the mitigation measures.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Sites)This chapter includes the justification for the selection of the project site from Environmental point

of view as well as from economic point of view so that the technology will be affordable to the

member units of the industrial area.

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring ProgramThis chapter will include the technical aspects of monitoring, the effectiveness of mitigation

measures which will include the measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis,

reporting schedules etc.,

Chapter 7: Additional StudiesThis chapter will detail about the Public Consultation sought regarding the project (if applicable). It

will also identify the risks of the Project in relation to the general public and the surrounding

environment during construction and operation phases of the plant and thereby presents Disaster

Management Plan. Social impact assessment and R&R action plans and any other studies carried

out for the project as specified in the ToR.

Chapter 8: Project BenefitsThis chapter deals with improvement in physical and social infrastructures, employment potential

and other tangible benefits.

Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefits AnalysisNot recommended during scoping stage

Chapter 10: Environmental Management PlanThis is the key Chapter of the report and presents the mitigation plan, covers the institutional and

monitoring requirements to implement environmental mitigation measures and to assess their

adequacy during project implementation.

Chapter 11: Summary and ConclusionThis chapter summarizes the information given in Chapters in this EIA/EMP report and the

conclusion based on the environmental study, impact identification, mitigation measures and the

environmental management plan.


Page 27 of 261

Chapter 12: Disclosure of the ConsultantName of consultant engaged in the preparation of the EIA/EMP report along with their brief resume

and nature of Consultancy rendered are included in this Chapter.

1.10 Objectives of the Study

To ensure environmental considerations are explicitly addressed and incorporated into

the development decision-making process.

To anticipate and avoid, minimize or off-set the adverse significant biophysical, social

and other relevant effects of the above project proposal.

To protect the productivity and capacity of natural systems and the ecological processes

which maintain their respective functions

To promote development that is sustainable and optimizes resource use as well as

management opportunities.

To fully recognize the scope and requirements of the TOR and comply with the same.

The major objective of this study is to prepare a detailed Environmental Impact

Assessment Study within the study area i.e 10 km radius from the project.

1.11 Methodology adopted for the Study

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact, whether

positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the environment, together consisting of

the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable Development” due to the

project activities.

1.12 Applicable Regulatory Framework

The EIA process followed for this EIA report is composed of the following stages:

1. Study of project information.

2. Screening & Scoping.

3. Environmental pre-feasibility study & application for approval of TOR.

4. Collection of detailed project management plan/report.

5. Baseline data collection.

6. Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation.

7. Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP.

8. Risk assessment and safety & disaster management plan.

9. Review & Finalization of EIA Report based on the TOR requirements.

10. Submission of EIA report for Public Hearing


Page 28 of 261

11. Submission of Final EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures & EMP as

well as necessary clearances from relevant Authority.

The following Acts and Rules are applicable to the proposed project:The details of Acts and Rules with applicability to the proposed project are given in Table 1-6.

Table 1-6 Applicable Acts and Rules

S.No Act and Rulesapplicable Purpose Objective Applicability

1 EIA Notification 2006and its amendments.

New projects,Expansionmodernization, changein product mix of theexisting project

Protection andImprovement of theEnvironment

As the proposal is forexpansion scheduled undercategory 5(f), Environmentalclearance from Ministry ofEnvironment, Forest &Climate Change isapplicable.

2

The Manufacture,Storage and Import ofHazardous ChemicalsRules, 1989 and itsamendments

Handling of HazardousChemicals

Regulate themanufacture, storageand import ofHazardous Chemicals

Preparation/ update of On-site EmergencyPreparedness Plan andsubmission to Factoryinspectorate.Preparation/ update of SafetyReport and submit to Factoryinspectorate.Preparation of MaterialSafety Data Sheet.

3

The Water(Prevention andControl of Pollution)Act, 1974 and itsamendments.

New projects,Expansionmodernization, changeof product mix of theexisting project, Existingplants

Prevention, control andabatement of waterpollution

Consent to Establish andConsent to Operate fromState Pollution Control Boardto be obtained for expansion

4The Air (Preventionand Control ofPollution) Act, 1981and its amendments.

New projects,Expansion/modernization, changeof product mix of theexisting project, Existingindustries

Prevention, control andabatement of airpollution

Consent to Establish andConsent to Operate fromState Pollution Control Boardto be obtained for expansion

5

The Hazardous andother waste(Management,Handling andTransboundaryMovement Rules)2016 and itsamendments.

Management, Handlingand TransboundaryMovement of Hazardouswaste

Prevention, Control andabatement of pollution

Hazardous wasteAuthorization from StatePollution Control Board to beobtained

6The solid WasteManagement Rules,2016

Management of solid(non-harzadous) wasteas per the provisions ofthe Rule

Prevention control andresource conservation

Solid waste authorizationfrom SPCB. Propercollection, segregation anddisposal as per Rules


Page 29 of 261

S.No Act and Rulesapplicable Purpose Objective Applicability

7The Environmental(Protection)Act,1986and its Amendments

New projects,Expansion/modernization change of product mixof the existing project,Existing industries

Protection andImprovement of theEnvironment

Environmental Standards asspecified are to be complied.Submission of EnvironmentStatement on yearly basis toPCB

8The Noise Pollution(Regulation andControl) Rules, 2000


To protect the workersand public from noiserelated problems

Noise control measure.Comply with Noise standardsand submission of monthlyreport to PCB

9The Factories Act1948 and itsamendments.


Control of workplaceenvironment, andproviding for goodhealth and safety ofworkers

Factory License from Factoryinspectorate.

10 The Explosive Act,1884


Production, Storageand import of explosivesubstance in andaround the project andprovides the regulationsfor the safety andenvironmentalmeasures

Safety measures have to becompiled for the storage ofchemicals in the plant as perPESO guidelines.

11 The Indian Boiler Act,1923


Boiler act contain thelaw related toregistration andinspection is steamboiler

The Act is applicable to allBoilers (Water tube and firetube boilers)

12 The Central MotorVehicle Act, 1988


Check the pollution loadof vehicles inside theplant

Adequate environmentalmeasures are put in place tocheck the vehicularemissions.

1.13 Compliance to ToR issued vide File No.SEIAA 25 IND (VOIL)2018 dated05.07.2018

S. No Terms of Reference ComplianceStandard TOR1 Executive Summary Brief executive summary is enclosed as a separate

booklet2 Introduction

Details of the EIA Consultantincluding NABET accreditation

M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd (HECS).,ChennaiNABET Accredited vide Certificate No.NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 & MoEF Recognized Labvide F. No. Q-15018/13/2016-CPW)


Page 30 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference ComplianceDetails are provided in Chapter 12.

Information about the ProjectProponent

Details provided in Chapter 1, Section 1.2

Importance and Benefits of theProject

The Proposed project will play a vital role in theExpansion of Bulkdrug Intermediates & ActivePharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) sectors and therebyaddress the market demand and Social benefits.Details are provided in Chapter 8.

3 Project DescriptionCost of project and Time ofcompletion

The proposed expansion project cost is INR 12.0Crores.Time of completion is 5 monthsDetails are given in Chapter 2. Section 2.6.

Products with capacities for theproposed project

Exiting products 2 no’s (420 MTPA).New: 6 Products (1572 MTPA).Deletion: 1 Product (120 MTPA)After Expansion: Products 7 numbers: 1692 MTPA.Existing & Proposed production details are given inChapter-1, Section 1.1 & Table 1-1.

If expansion project, details ofexisting products with capacities andwhether adequate land is available forexpansion, reference of earlier EC ifany.

Adequate land is available for expansion within theexisting facility. Land document is enclosed asAnnexure-1. Tehe projects falls under violationcategory as EC is not available for existing facility.

List of Raw materials required andtheir source along with mode oftransportation

The list of Raw materials and their source with mode oftransportation of raw materials are provided inAnnexure-5.

Other chemicals and materialsrequired with quantities and storagecapacities

storage details provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.9 &Table 2-8.

Details of emission, effluents,hazardous waste generation and theirmanagement

Hazardous wastes generation and their managementare provided in Chapter 2 & Table 2-19.Emission generation details shown in Table 2-22, &Table 2-23.Effluents generation, treatment and disposal methodsare detailed in Chapter 2, Table 2-24.

Requirement of water, power, withsource of supply, status of approval,water balance diagram, man-powerrequirement (regular and contract)

Details of water requirement and source are provided inChapter 2, Section 2.13.2 & Table 2-14.

Water balance charts for existing &proposed areFigures 2-12 & 2-13 respectivily,and the same are alsoenclosed as Annexures-9 & 10.


Page 31 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference Compliance

Details on power & Fuel requirement and source areprovided in Chapter 2 & Table 2-15.

Details on manpower requirement and source areprovided in Chapter 2 & Table 2-16

Process description along with majorequipments and machineries, processflow sheet (quantitative) from rawmaterial to products to be provided

Process description and material balance is enclosed asAnnexure-4.The detailed list of machinery & equipments in theindustry installed & proposed to be procured areprovided in the Chapter 2, Table 2-20.

Hazard identification and details ofproposed safety systems

Hazardous identification and details of proposed safetysystems are detailed in Chapter 7, Section 7.7.

Expansion/ modernization proposalsCopy of all EnvironmentalClearance(s) including amendmentsthereto obtained for the project fromMoEF/SEIAA shall be attached as anAnnexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of theRegional office of the Ministry ofEnvironment and Forests as percircular dated 30th May, 2012 on thestatus of compliance of conditionsstipulated in all existing environmentalclearances including Amendmentsshall be provided. In addition status ofcompliance of Consent to Operatefor the ongoing existing operation ofthe project from SPCB shall beattached with the EIA-EMP reportIn case the existing project has notobtained environmental clearance,reasons for not taking EC under theprovisions of the EIA notification 1994and/or EIA notification 2006 shall beprovided. Copies of Consent toEstablish / No objection certificateand Consent to Operate (in case ofunits operating prior to EIAnotification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB

The project falls under violation and Environmentalclearance is not available for existing project.

Reason for not obtaining EC certificate is provided inAnnexure 24.

Existing CFE & CFO are enclosed as Annexure-2.


Page 32 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference Complianceshall be submitted. Furthercompliance report to the conditions ofConsents from the SPCB shall besubmitted.

4 Site DetailsLocation of the project site coveringvillage, Taluka/Tehsil, District andState, justification for selecting thesite. Whether other sites wereconsidered

Location of the project site is detailed in Chapter 2,Section 2.3.Alternate sites were not considered, since the proposalis for expansion within existing facility. justificationprovided in Chapter 5.

A Topo sheet of the study area ofradius of 10Km and site location on1:50,000/ 1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2sheet (including al eco-sensitiveareas and environmentally sensitiveplaces)

Topo map of the study area is provided in Chapter 3,and Figure 3-2.

Details w.r.t option analysis forselection of site

Alternate sites were not considered since the proposalis for expansion within existing facility, justificationprovided in Chapter 5.

Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all fourcorners of the site

Site coordinates of all the corners Provided in Chapter1 & Table 1-4.

Google map Earth downloaded of theproject site

Google image showing demarcated project site isprovided in Chapter 2, Figure 2-2.

Layout maps indicating existing unitas well as proposed unit indicatingstorage area, plant area, greenbeltarea, utilities etc. If located within anindustrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial area indicating location ofunit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Site layout indicating storage area, plant area, greenbeltarea, utilities etc attached as Annexure-7.

Photographs of the proposed andexisting (if applicable) plant site. Ifexisting, show photographs ofplantations/greenbelt, in particular

The photographs of existing facility are given in Chapter2, Figure 2-10.

Land use break-up of total land of theproject site (identified and acquired),government/ private- agricultural,forest, wasteland, water bodies,settlements, etc shall be included (notrequired for industrial area)

The Land use break-up of total land is provided in theChapter 2, Tables 2-11 &Table 2-12.

There is no forest land involved in project site. The siteis located in Humnabad Industrial Area.

A list of major industries with nameand type within the study area (10 km

List of major industries with name and type within thestudy area (10 km radius) is provided in the Chapter 2


Page 33 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference Complianceradius) shall be incorporated. Landuse details of the study area)

& Table 2-1.

Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study areashall be included.

Geo-hydrological status of Bidar District is provided inChapter 3, Section 3.5.7, Figure 3-12 & Figure 3-13.

Details of drainage of the project upto5km radius of the study area. If thesite is within 1Km radius of any majorriver, peak and lean season riverdischarge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall dataof the past 30 years. Details of FloodLevel of the project site andmaximum Flood of the river shall alsobe provided (mega green fieldprojects)

Drainage map of the study area showing 10Km isappended in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.9 and Figure 3-15.

Status of acquisition of land. Ifacquisition is not complete, stage ofthe acquisition process and expectedtime of complete possession of theland.

The expansion is within the existing facility, noadditional land is required. Land document enclosed asAnnexure-1.

R&R details in respect of land in linewith state Government policy

Not applicable. The project site is located in thedesignated KIADB industrial area.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable)Permission and approvals for the useof forest land (forestry clearance), ifany, and recommendations of theState Forest Department (ifapplicable)

Not Applicable.

Landuse map based on Highresolution satellite imagery (GPS) ofthe proposed site delineating theforestland (in case of projectsinvolving forest land more than 40 ha)

Not Applicable.

Status of application submitted forobtaining the stage of ForestryClearance along with latest statusshall be submitted

Not Applicable.

The projects to be located within 10Km of the National parks,Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals,

Not Applicable.


Page 34 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference Compliancethe project proponent shall submit themap duly authenticated by ChiefWildlife Warden showing thesefeatures vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations orcomments of the Chief WildlifeWarden-thereon.Wildlife Conservation Plan dulyauthenticated by the Chief WildlifeWarden of the State Government forconservation of schedule fauna, if anyexists in the study area.

Not Applicable.

Copy of application submitted forclearance under the Wildlife(Protection) Act, 1972 to the StandingCommittee of the National Board forWildlife.

Not Applicable.

6 Environmental StatusDetermination of atmosphericinversion level at the project site andsite-specific micrometeorological dateusing temperature, relative humidity,hourly wind speed and direction andrainfall

The daily inversion level at the project site varies from50 to 1750m during 6 AM to 6 PM, the maximumrecorded at 5 PM, Sept 2017.

Details are given in Chapter 3, Section 3.7.1

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,NOX, CO and other parametersrelevant to the project shall becollected. The monitoring stationsshall be based on CPCB guidelinesand take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, populationzone, sensitive receptors includingreserved forests.

AAQ Monitoring locations & Results detail is provided inthe Chapter 3, Tables 3-6, Table 3-8 & Figure 3-21.

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for12 weeks of all stations as perfrequency given in the NAQQMnotification of Nov. 2009 along with-min-max, average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters fromdata of all AAQ stations should beprovided as an annexure to the EIA

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of allstations details are attached as Annexure-21.


Page 35 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference CompliancereportSurface water quality of nearby River(1000m upstream and downstream ofdischarge point) and other surfacedrains at eight locations as perCPCB/ MoEF&CC guidelines.

Surface water quality at eight locations are provided inChapter 3, Section 3.9.2 and Table 3-12, Figure 3-24& Table 3-13.

Whether the site falls near to pollutedstretch of river identified by theCPCB/MoEF& CC, if yes give details

No. The project located in Humnabad Industrial area.

Ground water monitoring at minimum8 locations shall be included

Ground water monitoring locations & results wereprovided in Chapter 3, Section 3.9.3, Figure 3-28,Table 3-14 & Table 3-15

Noise level monitoring at 8 locationswithin the study area

Noise level monitoring results were provided in Chapter3, Section 3.8 , Figure 3-23& Table 3-9.

Soil characteristics as per CPCBguidelines

Soil samples analysis results are provided in Chapter 3,Section 3.10.1, Table 3-16, Figure 3-29 & Table 3-17

Traffic study of the area, type ofvehicles, frequency of vehicles fortransportation of materials, additionaltraffic due to proposed project,parking arrangement etc.

There is no additional traffic impact is negligible due toproposed project, since, the proposed project is anexpansion for product mix of bulk drug intermeadiatesand pharma active ingreadients within the existingfacility.

Detailed description of flora and fauna(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in thestudy area shall be given with specialreference to rare, endemic andendangered species. If schedule-Ifauna are found within the study area,a Wildlife Conservation plan shall beprepared and furnished

Flora and Fauna found within the study area areprovided in Chapter 3, Section 3.11 and Tables 3-19to Table 3-22.

Socio-economic status of the studyarea

Socio-economic status of the study area is provided inChapter 3, Section 3.12

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan


Page 36 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference ComplianceAssessment of ground levelconcentration of pollutants from thestack emission based on site-specificmeteorological features. In case theproject is located on a hilly terrain,AQIP modeling shall be done usinginputs of the specific terraincharacteristics for determining thepotential impacts of the project on theAAQ. Cumulative impact of allsources of emissions (includingtransportation) on the AAQ of thearea shall be assessed.

The maximum concentration observed due to proposedexpansion for PM, SO2 and NOx are 3.423 µg/m3,5.334 µg/m3 and 2.930 µg/m3. So it can be concludedthat even after the expansion of the plant the impactenvisaged is minimum.

The ground level concentration of pollutants (PM, SO2,NO2) using AERMOD software were assessed andpresented in Chapter 4, Section 4.3.2.3 Tables 4-3 toTable 4-5 & Figure 4-2 to Figure 4-4.

Details of the model used and theinput data used for modeling shallalso be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a locationmap showing the location of theproject site, habitation nearby,sensitive receptors, if any.

AERMOD Software Version 7.5.0 was used for airdispersion modeling. The details information is given inChapter 4, Table 4-1 and Table 4-2.

Water quality modeling- in case ofdischarge in water body

Not Applicable.Effluent will be treated in ETP (ZLD) plant.

Impact of the transport of the rawmaterial and end products on thesurrounding environment shall beassessed and provided. In thisregard, options for transport of rawmaterials and finished products andwastes (large quantities) by rail orrail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

Transport of raw materials and finished products andwastes through road ways only.

A note on treatment of waste waterfrom different plant operations, extentrecycled and reused for differentpurposes shall be included. Completescheme of effluent treatment,characteristics of untreated andtreated effluent to meet theprescribed standards of dischargeunder E(P) rules.

Wastewater treatment and disposal details are providedin the Chapter 4, Section 4.3.4

Details of stack emission and actionplan for control of emissions to meet

Details of stack emission and control measures (APC)are provided in the Chapter 10, Table 10-3 and Table-


Page 37 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference Compliancestandards. 4.Measures for fugitive emission control Fugitive emission details provided in the Chapter 10,

Section 10.5.1, Table 10-2 and Table-3.Details of hazardous wastegeneration and their storage,utilization and management, Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solidand hazardous waste in cement plantshall also be included. EMP shallinclude the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/ reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, andnatural resource conservation.

Details of hazardous waste generation and their storageand disposal methods are provided in the Chapter 2,Section 2.14.2 & Table 2-19.

Spent carbon is sent to cement plants for Coprocessing.

Proper utilization of fly ash shall beensured as per Fly Ash notification,2009. A detailed plan of action shallbe provided.

Generated fly ash is being stored in dedicated areawithin the premises. Fly ash is being sent to local Brickmanufacturers. Quantity details are given in Chapter 2,Section 2.14.1 and Table 2-18.

Action plan for the green beltdevelopment plan in 33% area i.e.,land with not less than 1500 trees perha. Giving details of Species, width ofplantation, planning schedule etc.shall be included. The green belt shallbe around the project boundary and ascheme for greening of the roadsused for the project shall also beincorporated.

The Greenbelt details are provided in Chapter 10,Section 10.17The total land area is 8000 sq.m (1.976 Acres), which iscompletely fortified and protected on all the four sidesby boundary walls. The Greenbelt area is 2640 Sq.mti.e. 33% of total area

Action plan for rain water harvestingmeasures at plant site shall besubmitted to harvest rainwater fromthe roof tops and storm water drainsto recharge the ground water andalso to use for the various activities atthe project site to conserve freshwater and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

Rain water harvesting concept is proposed duringexpansion project. Details are provided in chapter 10,Section 10.5.3.1, Table 10-5 and Figure 10-2.

Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollutioncontrol measures shall be included.

Total capital cost and recurring cost /annum forenvironmental pollution control measures is detailed inChapter 10 & Table 10-11.

Action plan for Post-projectenvironmental monitoring shall besubmitted

Action plan for Post-project environmental monitoring, isdetailed in Chapter 6 & Table 6-2.


Page 38 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference ComplianceOnsite and offsite Disaster (naturaland Man-made) preparedness andEmergency Management Planincluding Risk Assessment anddamage control. DisasterManagement Plan should be linkedwith District Disaster ManagementPlan.

On-site emergency plans are enclosed as Annexure-14.

8 Occupational Healthi. Plan and fund allocation to ensurethe occupational health & safety of allcontract and casual workers.

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupationalhealth & safety of all contract and casual workers isdetailed in Chapter 10, Section 10.11, Section 10.12 &Table 10-9.

Details of exposure specific healthstatus evaluation of worker. If theworker’s health is being evaluated bypre-designed format, chest x-rays,Audiometry, Spirometry, Visiontesting (Far and near vision, colourvision and any other ocular defect),ECG, during pre-placement andperiodical examinations give thedetails of the same. Details regardinglast month analyzed data of abovementioned parameters as per age,sex, duration of exposure anddepartment wise.

Occupational Health Monitoring details provided inChapter 10, Section 10.12

Annual health check SOP is enclosed as Annexure 16.Annual Medical report of employees is enclosed asAnnexure-17.

Details of existing Occupational &Safety Hazards. What are theexposure levels of hazards andwhether they are PermissibleExposure level (PEL) if these are notwithin PEL, what measures thecompany has adopted to keep themwithin PEL. So that health of theworkers can be preserved.

Details of occupational & Safety Hazards are providedin the Chapter 7, Section 7.2 and 7.5.

Annual report of health status ofworkers with special reference toOccupational Health and Safety

Annual Medical reports of employees is enclosed asAnnexure-17.

9 Corporate Environment PolicyDoes the company have a well laiddown Environment Policy approved

Yes.Environmental Policy is given in Chapter 10 and Figure


Page 39 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference Complianceby its Board of Directors? If so, it maybe detailed in the EIA report

10-2 and enclosed as Annexure-25.

Does the Environment Policyprescribe for standard operatingprocess/procedures to bring intofocus any infringement/ deviation/violation of the environemnt or forestnorms/ conditions? If so, it may bedetailed in the EIA

Yes.Environmental Policy is given in Chapter 10 and Figure10-2 and enclosed as Annexure-25.A dedicated Environmental Management Cell (EMC) isin force to bring into focus of any infringement/deviation/ violation of the environemnt. Details providedin Chapter 10, Section 10.3 & Table 10-1

What is the hierarchical system orAdministrative order of the companyto deal with the environemntsl issuesand for ensuring compliance with theenvironmental clearance conditions?Details of this system may be given.

Hierarchical system or Administrative order of thecompany to deal with the environmental issues and forensuring compliance is provided in Chapter 10,Section 10.3 , Figure 10-1 & Figure 10-5

Does the company have system ofreporting of non-compliances/violations of environemntal norms tothe Board of Directors of the companyand/or Stakeholders or stakeholdersat large? This reporting mechanismshall be detailed in the EIA report

Reporting mechanism provided in Chapter 10, Section10.3,Figure 10-1 & Table 10-1.

10 Details regarding infrastructurefacilities such as sanitation, fuel,restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction aswell as to the casual workersincluding truck drivers duringoperation phase.

The site layout indicating all the facilities is enclosed asAnnexure-7.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of theproject cost) shall be earmarkedtowards the Enterprise SocialCommitment based on public Hearingissues and item-wise details alongwith the bound action plan shall beincluded. Socio-Economicdevelopment activities need to beelaborated upon.

The project site is located in the designated industrialarea; hence the public Hearing is exempted. But theproject falls under violation so, EIA will be submitted forPublic Hearing. After Public Hearing, Minutes andcompliace will be submitted along with action plan andadequate fund details accordingly.

12 Any litigation pending against theproject and/ or any direction/ orderpassed by any Court of Law against

No litigation against the project as per proponentinformation.


Page 40 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference Compliancethe project, if so, details thereof shallalso be included. Has the unitreceived any notice under the section5 of Environment (Protection) Act,1986 or relevant Sections of Air andWater Acts? If so, details thereof andcompliance /ATR to the notice(s) andpresent status of the case.

13 A tabular chart with index for pointwise compliance of above TOR

Point wise ToR compliance is provided in Chapter 1 &Section 1.13

SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE1 Details on solvents to be used,

measures for solvent recovery andfor emissions control.

Solvent recovery details are shown in Chapter 2,Section 2.11, Table 2-8, Table 2-9 and Figure 2.9.

2 Details of process emissions fromthe proposed unit and itsarrangement to control

Emissions control measure is provided in Chapter 10,Section 10.5.1,Table 10-2 and Table 10-3.

3 Ambient air quality data shouldinclude VOC, other process specificpollutants like NH3, Chlorine, HCl,HBr, H2S, HF, etc., (as applicable)

Details provided in Chapter 3 and Table 3-8.

4 Work zone monitoring arrangementsfor hazardous chemicals

Details provided in Chapter 10, Section 10.7.

5 Detailed effluent treatment schemeincluding segregation of effluentstreams for units adopting ‘Zero‘Liquid discharge.

Detailed effluent treatment scheme includingsegregation of effluent streams for units adopting ‘Zero‘Liquid discharge is provided in Chapter 4, Table 4-7 &Proposed ZLD scheme is given as Annexure-22.

6 Action Plan for odour control to besubmitted

Details provided in Chapter 2 Section 2.21.1.1

7 A copy of the Memorandum ofUnderstanding signed with cementmanufacturers indicating clearly thatthey co-process organicsolid/hazardous waste generated

Enclosed as Annexure-11.

8 Authorization/Membership for thedisposal of liquid effluent in CETPand solid/hazardous waste in TSDF,if any

Facility is ZLD adapted.Hazardous waste is being dispoed at TSDF. TSDFagreement is enclosed as Annexure-12.

9 Action plan for utilization ofMEE/dryers salts

This shall be disposed off to TSDF. TSDF agreement isenclosed as Annexure-12.

10 Material safety data sheet for all thechemicals are being used/will be

Products MSDS and raw material MSDS is enclosed asAnnexure-6 .


Page 41 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference Complianceused

11 Authorization/ membership for thedisposal of solid/hazardous waste inTSDF.

TSDF Agreement is enclosed as Annexure-12.

12 Details of incinerator if to beinstalled.

No incineration activity in the facility.

13 Risk assessment for storage andhandling of hazardouschemicals/solvents. Action plan forhandling & safety system to beincorporated

Risk Assessments are enclosed as Annexure-15.

14 Arrangements for ensuring healthand safety of workers engaged inhandling of toxic materials

Detail on health and safety of workers is provided inChapter 10, Section 10.6

ADDITIONAL TOR’S1 Present the compliance to earlier

conditions given by KSPCB-CFO C.Compliance report of existing consent orders areenclosed as Annexure-3

2 Establish with layout plan theadoption of GMP for manufacturingyour products supported by P & ID.

GMP and P & ID layout plan is provided in Annexure-18

3 Sketch the location of the additionalinfrastructure in the plan of theexisting industrial site.

Existring and proposed plant layout is provided inAnnexure-7

4 Give the details of disposal of debrisgenerated during expansion.

Generation and disposal of debris details are given inChepter 2, Table 2-18.

5 Based on experimental data,present the material balance / massbalance for each product withquantities of distillate residue,solvent loss and fugitive emissions.Also evaluate and present the ratioof (i) waste to product and (ii) rawmaterial to product for each of theproducts proposed to bemanufactured.

The detailed manufacturing process and materialbalance is enclosed as Annexure-4.

6 Enlist the raw materials with quantitywith particular mention of anypyrophoric & highly reactivematerials and precautions taken fortheir storage. Also mention anyrestricted / banned chemicals, ifused in your product manufacture

No Banned chemicals are used in this project.Proponent Self declaration for not using of Bannedchemicals is enclosed Annexure-20.

List of raw materials, mode of storage, mode oftransportation and quantity details are enclosed AsAnnexure-5.


Page 42 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference Complianceproposal.

7 Provide the solvents storage planwith quantity as per standard normshighlighting any special precautionsadopted for storage.

Solvent storage and solvent recovery process isprovided in Chapter 2, Table 2-10.

Saftey precaustions are provided in Chapter 7, Section7.5

8 Evaluate and present the quantityand quality of solid and gaseouswaste generated and their schemeof disposal.

No gaseous waste released, gas emissions is beingscrubbered with wet scrubber and treated gas is beingsent through stack.Solid waste generation and disposal details are givenChapter 2, section 2.14 ,Table 2-17, Table 2-18 &Table 2-19.

9 Evaluate and present the existingand proposed water balance basedon expansion.

Proposed and existing water balance are shown inFigure 2.12 and Figure 2.13 respectivily.

10 For the worst case scenario,evaluate and present the quantityand characteristics of effluentdischarged and their scheme ofdisposal through ETP.

Existing characteristics of effluent discharged and theirscheme of disposal through ETP are provided inChapter 2, Section 2.13.2, Table 2-14 section2.21.1.5 , Table 2-24 and Table 2-25.

11 Describes the measures proposedfor in-house recovery of solventsmentioning the efficiency ofrecovery.

The details are provided in Chapter 2, section 2.11and Table 2-9&Figure 2-9.

12 Identify and evaluate the steps inthe manufacturing of your productsthat may represent risks topersonnel or equipment andconduct a detailed investigation andpresent the hazop study along withrisk assessment, disastermanagement for worst case senario,all control equipments andmitigation measures adopted,emergency preparedness andonsite emergency paln.

The details are covered in Risk Assessment is attachedin Annexure-15

13 Present the scheme proposed forseperation of high TDS effluent andits treatment & disposal throughMEE used, justifying the stages and

The HTDS and LTDS will be treated in ETP followed byMEE. Proposed ZLD scheme is enclosed in Annexure-22.


Page 43 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference Compliancedesign parameters.

14 Present the scheme proposed toisolate the lithium (if used) and othersalts from MEE and explore thepossibility of their disposaladvantageously.

Lithium is not used in the process..

15 Evalute the hydrogenation andgrinard reaction processes and givea detailed description of the safetymeasures and precautions taken.

Details are shown in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.2.

16 Details of different waste generated,including their segregation andstorage.

Solid waste generation and disposal details are givenChapter 2, section 2.13 and 2.14 Table 2-17, Table 2-18 & Table 2-19.

17 Assessment of ecological damagewith respect to air, water, land andother environment attributes. Thecollection and analysis of data shallbe done by an environmentallaboratory duly notified under theenvironment (protection) act, 1986,or an environmental laboratoryaccrediated by NABL, or alaboratory of a council of scientificand industrial research CSIR)institution working in the field ofenvironmnet

Assessment of Ecological damage, Damageassessment, Remediation Plan & Augmentation Plan isprovided in Chapter 7 Section 7.8 to 7.10

Emumate of the aspects of violation is provide inChapter 7, Section 7.7, Table 7-1.

Quantification of Damage Assessment is shown Chaper7 and Section 7.8

Summary of Damage Assessment details are given inChapter 7 and Section 7.9

18 Preparation of EMP comprisingremediation plan and natural andcommunity resource augmentationplan corresponding to the ecologicaldamage assessed and economicaugmentation benefits derived dueto violation.

19 The remediation plan and thenatural and community resourceaugmentation plan to be preparedas an independent chapter in theEIA report by the accrediiatedconsultants.

20 The proponent shall assess theenvironmental damage done to use

The damage due to sewage disposal through Septictank and mitigate measures details are given in


Page 44 of 261

S. No Terms of Reference Complianceof septic tank and soak pit. Chapter 7, Section 7.8.2.2 and Table 7-14.

21 Enlist the raw materials with quantitywith particular mention of anypyrophoric & highly reactivematerials and precautions taken fortheir storage. Also mention anyrestricted / banned chemicals, ifused in your product manufactureproposal.

No Banned chemicals are used in this project.

List of raw materials, mode of storage, mode oftransportation and quantity details are enclosed asAnnexure 5.

Self declaration for not using Banned chemicals isattached as Annexure 20.

22 The proponent shall get the publichearing (as per the order dated13.10.2017 & 14.03.2018 by thehon”:ble high court of judicature atmadreas in W.P. No.11189 of 2017)conducted in accordance with theprocedure prescribed under the EIAnotification, 2006 and all theconcerns raised during publicconsultation shall be addressed andincorporated in the final EIA report.

Noted,The EIA report will be submitted for Public Hearing.

23 The consultants involved in thepreparation of EIA/EMP report shallhave accrediation with qualitycouncil of india/ nationalaccrediation board of education andtraining (QCI/NABET). Certificate inthis regard shall be included in theEIA/EMP reports prepared by themand the data provided by otherorganisation/ laboratories includingtheir status of approvals etc. in thisregards office memorandumNo.F.No.J-11013/77/2004-IA.II(I)dated 30th june 2011 andnotification No.S.O.1030 (E) dated8th march 2018 available on theMOEF &CC GoI websitehttp://www.moef.nic.in be referred

M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., Chennai.

NABET Accredited vide Certificate No.NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 & MoEF Recognized LabvideF. No. Q-15018/13/2016-CPW)Details provided in Chapter 12.


CHAPTER – 2PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Page 46 of 261

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of Project

M/s. Sri Venkata Sai Organics (SVSO) is an existing manufacturing unit of Bulk drug

Intermediates & Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs). Existing facility is situated at

Sy.no.132, plot no. 57 &58, Humnabad Industrial area, Gadavanthi Village Humnabad taluk,

Bidar District, Karnataka – 585 530.

SVSO is currently manufacturing 2 products with a total production capacity of 420 MTPA.

Now proposing 6 new products with a total capacity of 1572 MTPA which includes reduction

of consented manufacturing quantity of 1 existing product from 300 MTPA to 120 MTPA and

deleting 1 existing product with the consented quantity of 120 MTPA along with some

additional facilities. After expansion, SVSO will produce 7 products with total capacity of

1692 MTPA (6 new products and 1 existing product). The existing and proposed products

details are provided in Table 1-1.


proposed project , sufficient area is available for the proposed project , only additional

infrastructure facilities will be proposed for the project ,ground coverage area will be

increased from 737.6 sq.m to 1879 sq.m.

2.2 Need for the Project and importance to the Country and/Region


framework is poised to become sourcing destination for Bulk drug Intermediates & Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) to the global market.

The pharmaceutical industry in India ranks third in the world in terms of volume and

contributes 10% to the global pharmaceutical production. According to the Department of

Pharmaceuticals, the Indian pharmaceutical industry is pegged at Rs 810 bn, which includes

domestic sales and exports. According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, the sector

employs about 340,000 persons and an estimated 400,000 doctors and 300,000 chemists

are serving its 1 bn-plus market.

In line with the market demand M/s. Sri venkata Sai Organics (SVSO) proposes the change

in product mix and expansion of production capacity of Bulkdrug Intermediates & Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients by introducing new products.


Page 47 of 261

2.3 Site Location

The project site is situated at Sy.no.132, Plot no. 57 &58, Humnabad Industrial area,

Gadavanthi Village, Humnabad taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka – 585 530. The project site

falls in SOI topo sheet No. 56G-01 & 02 and lies between the Latitude: 17°45'34.54"N;

Longitude: 77°05'43.74"E. The Location map of the project site is appended in Figure 2-1.

Google imagery of the project site is shown in Figure 2-2. 1km radius google imagery of the

project site is shown in Figure 2-3. 5km radius google imagery of the project site is given in

Figure 2-4. 10km radius Google imagery of the project site is shown in Figure 2-5.

The Environmental sensitive areas demarcated topo map with distances within 15km radius

is appended in the Figure 2-6. Industries within the 10km radius of the project site is shown

in Figure 2-7.

Figure 2-1 Location map of the project site


Page 47 of 261

2.3 Site Location










in Figure 2-7.



Page 47 of 261

2.3 Site Location










in Figure 2-7.



Page 48 of 261

Figure 2-2 Google Imagery of the project site

Figure 2-3 1 km radius Google imagery of the project site


Page 48 of 261




Page 48 of 261




Page 49 of 261


Figure 2-5 10km radius Google imagery of the project site


Page 50 of 261

Figure 2-6 Environmental Sensitive areas within 15Km radius


Page 50 of 261



Page 50 of 261



Page 51 of 261

Figure 2-7 Industries within the 10km radius of the project site


Page 52 of 261

2.4 Existing Environmental Setup

Industries: The list of existing industries within 10 km radius from the project site is shown

in Figure 2-7. List of Industries within 10km radius of the project site is given in Table 2-1.List of Reserved forests within the 15km radius of the study area is given in Table 2-2. List of

water bodies within the 15km radius of the study area is given inTable 2-3. Nearest human

settlement is given in Table 2-4.

Table 2-1 List of Industries within 10km radius of the project site

S. No. Name Industry type Distance (~mt) Direction

1 R chem P. Ltd Chemicals 420 NNW

2 Kshatriya Laboratories Ltd Chemicals 440 NW

3 Rajeswari Dal Mill Dal mill 300 SSW

4 Akshar Mine Chemicals Pvt Ltd Chemicals 240 N

5 Loha Mandi Akhil Steel Steel 70 SSW

6 A One Agro Industries Agro 39 SSW

7 Maharaja Spices Industries Food 560 NNE

8 Seutic Labs Pvt. Ltd Chemicals 710 NNE

9 Arunodaya Poulrty Farms Poulrty 650 N

10 Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Limited Chemilcals 500 NNW

Table 2-2 List of Reserved forests within the 15km radius of the study area

S. No Name Distance (~Km) Direction

1 Hudgi RF 9.36 ESE

2 RF near Laldhari 3.18 SW3 RF near Mustapura 5.84 SW4 RF near Malkapurwadi 13.26 NE5 Bilkhera RF 12.94 ESE6 RF near Talmadgi 14.78 E7 RF near Shamtabad 14.76 ESE8 RF near Malsapura 12.8 SE9 Rampura RF 12.13 SE



Page 53 of 261

Table 2-3 List of water bodies within the 15km radius of the study area

S.No Name Distance (~Km) Direction

1 Chandri/ Dodda Halla 1.87 N

2 Mullahmari N 9.84 SSW

3 Mullahmari Reservoir 9.35 SW

4 Dodda Halla 14.27 SE

5 Mullahmari Left Bank Canal 8.74 S

6 Mullahmari Right Bank Canal 10.58 SSW

Nearest Human Settlement: The details of nearest human settlement from the project Site

is provided in Table 2-4.

Table 2-4 Nearest Human Settlement

S.No Villages Distance(~km) Direction Population(Censes 2011)

1 Humnabad 2.42 ENE 44,4832 Molkhera 2.31 NW 28513 Basantpur 1.99 SW 9504 Kathalli 3.07 S 14435 Gadwanti 2.29 NNE 4,194

2.5 Size or Magnitude Of Operation

SVSO is currently manufacturing 2 products with a capacity of 420 MTPA.

Reducing the production capacity of 1 existing product from 300 MTPA to 120

MTPA and removal or dropped product is 1no product (120 MTPA).

New products 6 nos with a capacity of 1572 MTPA.

After expansion total 7 products with capacity of 1692 MTPA.


proposed project , sufficient area is available for the proposed project , only additional

infrastructure facilities will be proposed for the project ,ground coverage area will be

increased from 737.6 sq.m to 1879 sq.m.

Additionally proposes expansion of existing facilities viz building, equipments etc. The

existing and proposed products details are provided in Table 1-1.

2.6 Project cost and proposed schedule for approval & implementation

The total capital investment for proposed expansion project is INR 12.0 Crores and break up

of cost details are detailed in Table 2-5.


Page 54 of 261

Table 2-5 Capital Investment of the proposed Expansion

S. No Cost INR (Crores)1 Building 3.772 Plant and Machineries 4.073 Environmental Managemental Plan 4.16

Total 12.0The time schedule for completion of the proposed project is given in Table 2-6.

Table 2-6 Time schedule for completion of the proposed projectS. No Particulars Time schedule

1 Approval March 20202 Civil works May 20203 Erection & installation of machinery August 20204 Completion October 2020

2.7 Technology & Process Description

2.7.1 Products ManufacturedM/s. Sri Venkata Sai Organics (SVSO) is an existing unit proposing the expansion of

production capacity of Bulk drug Intermediates & Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs)

from 420 MTPA to 1692 MPTA and also introducing new products (6 Nos). Additional

facilities viz building, equipments etc. are proposed. After expansion, SVSO will produce 7

products with capacity of 1692 MTPA ( New products 6 Nos and Existing 1 nos). The

existing and proposed products details are provided in


Page 55 of 261

Table 1-1. CFE & CFO has been obtained and validitiy was up to 2017 are enclosed as

Annexure-2. Existing CFO conditions compliance report submitted to KSPCB is enclosed as

Annexure-3.Table 2-7 Existing & proposed products with capacity

S. No Name of the ProductCapacity (MTPA)

Existing Proposed After expansion1 Bis2 Aniline 300 120 1202 Cyclohexane Di Acetic Acid Monomide 120 Removed -3 Ibuprofen 0 1080 1080

4 Chloro Ketone (Intermediate of Darunavir Ethanolateand Atazanavir Intermediate) 0 24 24

5 Grignard Reaction 0 120 120

6 1-(3 Chlorophenyl) Piperazine HCl (TrazadonIntermediate) Trz 0 72 72


0 36 36

8 1-(Aminomethyl) Cyclohexaneacetic Acid HydroChloride 0 240 240

Total 420 1692 1692Note:

1. Capacity reduced 1 Product (serial no. 1) : 300 to 120MTPA

2. Removal 1 no of product ( serial no. 2) : 120 MTPA

3. New products 6nos (serial no. 3 to 8) : 1572 MTPA

4. After expansion total 7 products : 1692 MTPA

2.7.2 Detailed Manufacturing process descriptionThe general activity of the project is shown in Figure 2-8.


Page 56 of 261

Figure 2-8 General activity of the project

The manufacturing process for existing and proposed products is described with

stoichiometric equation, material balance and process flow charts in Annexure-4. Product

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) is provided in Annexure-6.

Safety Measures Proposed for Hydrogenation Process:1. PLC based process controls and operation of plant will be adopted.

2. FLP type area will be provided.

3. Total enclosed process system.

4. Instrument & Plant Air System.

5. Nitrogen blanketing in Hydro genation reactor.

6. Safety valve and Rupture disc will be provided on reactor.

7. Cooling, Chilling and power alternative arrangements will be made on reactor.

8. Hydrogen and Nitrogen Cylinder bank away from the autoclave reactor.

9. PRV station with shut off valve, safety valve provision will be made for

hydrogenation reaction safety .


Page 56 of 261
















Page 56 of 261
















Page 57 of 261

10. Before Hydrogen Gas charging in to reactor and after completion of react ion

Nitrogen flushing will be done .

11. Flame arrestor will be provided on vent line of reactor and is extended upto roof

level.

12. Safe catalyst charging method will be adopted.

13. SOP will be prepared and operators will be trained for the same .

14. Static earthing and electric earthing (Double) will be provided.

15. Rector vent extended outside the process area and flame arrestor will be provided

on vent line.

16. Dumping vessel arrangement will be made.

17. Jumper for static earthing on pipeline flanges of flammable chemical will be

provided.

2.8 Raw Materials Requirement

The list of raw material for existing and proposed products are provided as Annexure-5.MSDS of the raw materials are enclosed as Annexure-6.

2.9 Source of Supply of Raw Materials & Marketing Area of Final Products

The raw materials are either obtained from local suppliers (Gujarat, Maharashtra,

Karnataka,Telengana and Andhra Pradesh etc.) or imported (from China etc.) &

transportation mode will be by air, road & sea.

2.10 Storage Facility for Raw Materials and Products

Adequate storage facilities with optimum inventories will be provided for the raw materials

and products. The raw materials, products and others storage quantities and facility

capacities are given in Table 2-8.

Table 2-8 Details of Storage Quantities

S. No Item Storage Capacity (MT)Existing Proposed Total

1 Raw materials 20 100 1202 Hazardous raw material 03 10 133 Solvents 50 200 2504 Products Storage 10 15 25

Total 83 325 408


Page 58 of 261

2.11 Resource Optimization/Recycling and Re-Use Envisaged in the Industry

2.11.1 Solvent Recovery & Re-UseSolvents do not contribute to the effectiveness of the drug, with the exception of forming the

desired solvate in the final product. However, solvents play an essential role in chemical

processing for controlling the reaction rate, facilitating heat and mass transfer and enabling

product separation and purification, which cannot be replaced easily with other alternatives.

Various solvents are used during the process of manufacture of the proposed products. The

solvents are proposed to be recovered and recycled during the process of manufacture of

each product are detailed in Table 2-9.

Table 2-9 Solvent Recovery and Re-use

S.No SolventsName

StorageMode

Quantity (TPA)

% ofrecovery

Existing ProposedQty used

forexisting

Recoveredand

re-used

Qty usedfor

proposed

Recoveredand

re-used1 Toluene Tanker 99999 95000 24000 22800 952 Methanol Tanker 32500 29000 361344 325200 90

3 THF (TetraHydroFuran) Tanker - - 272532 245279 90

4 Ethyl acetate Tanker - - 15204 13684 90

5 n- Hexane Under groud/tanker - - 19005 16154 85

Solvent Recovery System After the reaction is completed the solvents are recovered by distillation process.

The distillation unit has two condensers in series (shell and tube type).

The first condenser is passed with cooling tower water, while the second condenser

will have chilled brine solution at -10 to -20oC as coolants.

After the vapours are condensed, the condensate along with un-condensed vapours

are passed through a trap which is cooled externally with chilled water.

The vents of condenser and receiver are connected to scrubber system.

All the reaction vessels and centrifuges are connected to a common line. These

fumes and exhausts are sucked by ID fan and scrubbed by alkali solution.

The air after scrubbing is let out into the atmosphere and the scrubbed water is sent

to MEE for further treatment.

This wet scrubber absorbs acidic vapors, traces of solvents etc. and purified gas

stream is let out into the atmosphere.

M/s. SVSO achieves ~90 % of solvent recovery.


Page 59 of 261

The typical solvent recovery system is depicted in Figure 2-9.

Figure 2-9 Typical solvent recovery system

2.11.2 Spent CarbonCarbon is used during the process of manufacture of different products. The spent carbon

will be disposed to Cement units for Co-processing / KSPCB authorized incinerators

Agreement is enclosed as Annexure-11. The detailed quantities are appended in the below

Table 2-10.

Table 2-10 Spent carbon recovery and disposal

S. No Name Quantity of Spent Carbon Generated, (TPA) Disposal MethodExisting Proposed

1 Chloroketone - 756

Shall Be Sent To Cement Units ForCo-Processing / KSPCB AuthorizedIncinerators

2.12 Project Description Including Drawings Showing Project Layout,Components of Project

2.12.1 Project Layout, Components of Project

The project site layout plan demarcating various units within the plant and the boundaries

with land use pattern is appended in Table 2-11. SVSO land document is attached as

Annexure-1. The total land area is 8000 Sq.mt (1.976 Acres). There is no additional land

acquisition for proposed project , sufficient area is available for the proposed project , only

additional infrastructure facilities will be proposed for the project , ground coverage area will

increase from 737.6 sq.m to 1879 sq.m. Land use pattern of the project site is shown in

Table 2-11. Ground coverage area break up is given in Table 2-12. Existing plant


Page 60 of 261

photographs are appeared in Figure 2-10. Existing and proposed project site layout is

shown in Figure 2-11.

Table 2-11 Land use pattern of the project siteS.No Land use Existing Proposed After expansion

Sq. mt Acre Sq. m Acre Sq. mt Acre %1 Ground coverage area 737.6 0.182 1141.4 0.282 1879 0.464 23.492 Vacant Land 5262.4 1.30 3481 0.860 3481 0.860 43.513 Green belt Area 2000 0.494 640 0.158 2640 0.652 33.00

Total 8000 1.976 5262.4 1.30 8000 1.976 100

Table 2-12 Ground coverage area break up

S. No Description Ground coverage (sq.m)Exiting Proposed After expansion

1 Production Block 117 686 8032 Utility 170.6 120 290.63 MEE Structure -- 200 2004 RM and finished product warehouse 450 135.4 585.4

Total 737.6 1141.4 1879

Figure 2-10 Existing plant photographs

07.09.2019

07.09.2019

07.09.2019

07.09.2019


Page 61 of 261

Figure 2-11 Existing and proposed project site layout


Page 62 of 261

Site Bearings: The proposed project site is surrounded by roads and industries as shown in

Table 2-13.

Table 2-13 Site Bearings

S. No Particulars Direction w.r.t. project site1 KIADB Service Road Front2 Vacant land Back3 Vacant land Left4 Vacant land Right

2.13 Resource Requirements

2.13.1 Land Requirement and Land Use PlanningThe total land area is 8000 sq.m (1.976 Acres). The land use pattern and ground coverage

details for existing and proposed are provided in Table 2-12.

2.13.2 Water RequirementThe total water requirement for the existing unit is 26.9 KLD. The water requirement is met

from ground water and private tankers. Daily water requirement for proposed expansion will

be 75.0 KLD. During expansion construction phase water requirement will be 50 KLD. Source

would be private tankers.

The total water requirement for existing and proposed project will be met from ground water

(1 bore well facilitated within the existing facility) and private tankers. Self declaration for

ground water usage is enclosed as Annexure-8. The water requirement for existing and

proposed details are provided in Table 2-14. The water balance charts for existing and

proposed quantities are appended in Figure 2-12 and Figure 2-13 respectively and also

enclosed as Annexure-9 and Annexure-10 respectively.


Page 63 of 261

Table 2-14 Water requirement break-up for existing & proposed expansion

S.No Water Requirement

Water requirement (KLD)Existing Proposed and after expansion

Total Fresh Recycled Effluent/Sewage Loss Total Fresh Recycled Effluent/

Sewage Loss

1 Domestic 0.9 0.9 - 0.8 0.1 6.0 6.0 0.0 4.9 1.12 Process 5.5 5.5 - 4.5 1 39.1 39.1 0.0 18.0 21.13 Laboratory 0.5 0.5 - 0.1 0.4 1.0 0 1.0 0 1.04 Washings 0 0 0 0 0 4.0 4.0 0.0 1.0 3.05 Boiler Feed Water 18 13.5 4.5 1 17 11.6 0.0 11.6 4.0 7.66 Cooling Tower Make up 1 - 1 0.5 0.5 3.0 0.0 3.0 0.5 2.57 Green Belt 1 1 0 0 1 9.3 0.0 9.3 0.0 9.38 Fire storage tank makeup 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0

Total 26.9 21.4 5.5 6.9 20 75 49.1 25.9 28.4 46.6Note:

Total water requirement after expansion will be 75 KLD

After expansion water requirement for boiler is 115.1 KLD.(one time requirement) 103.5 KLD will be recirculated, So, daily water

requirement for boiler is 11.6 KLD.

Fresh water requirement will be 49.1 KLD

Recycled water will be 25.9 KLD

Wastewater/Sewage will be 28.4 KLD


Page 64 of 261

Figure 2-12 Existing Water Balance Chart


Page 64 of 261



Page 64 of 261



Page 65 of 261

Figure 2-13 Water balance chart for proposed expansion


Page 65 of 261



Page 65 of 261



Page 66 of 261

2.13.3 Power and Fuel RequirementThe power required for the project will be sourced from GESCOM (KEB). DG sets will act as

the standby facilities and will be utilized in case of power failures. The details of power

requirement and backup power facilities are given in Table 2-15.

Table 2-15 Power and Fuel Requirement

S.No DetailsCapacity

SourceExisting Proposed Total after

expansion1 Power Requirement (kVA) 65 685 750 GESCOM

(KEB)2 Back-up (kVA) 160 600 760 DG Set3 Boiler ( TPH) 0.75 5 5.75 --4 Diesel Requirement (LPD) 100 200 300 Local market5 Coal (TPD) 1.5 8.5 10.0 Local market6 Briquitte (TPD) 3.0 12.0 15.0 Local market

2.13.4 Manpower RequirementThe manpower requirement including both the technical and non-technical personnel is given

in Table 2-16.

Table 2-16 Manpower Requirement

S .No Description Existing Proposed After expansion1 Permanent 05 75 802 Contractual 02 50 52

Total 07 125 132

2.14 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

2.14.1 Solid Waste ManagementMSW will be disposed to KSPCB Municipal bin/ recyclers, the source of Municipal solid wastein the industry is from the domestic use. The details are given in Table 2-17. Other solid wasteduring operation phase is shown in

Table 2-18.

Table 2-17 Municipal solid waste generation and managementS.No Type Quantity (Kg/day) Collection

Method Disposal methodExisting Proposed1 Organic 2.0 34 Bags Municipal disposal bins

2 Inorganic 1.2 23 Drums Authorized dealers/Authorizedrecyclers

Total 3.2 57.0As per CPCB guidelines: MSW per capita/day =0.45


Page 67 of 261

Table 2-18 Other solid waste during operation phase

S. No Nature of Solid WasteQuantity (MTPA)

Method of HandlingExisting Proposed After

Expansion1 Paper / Card Board 5 20 25 For recycling units2 Dry leaves & Grass 0.7 0.3 1.0 Burnt in boiler3 Wooden scrap 1.0 0.2 1.2 Burnt in boiler

4 Fly ash 250 1050 1300 Local brickmanufacturers

2.14.2 Hazardous waste ManagementThe various hazardous wastes generated from the process are spent catalyst, spent solvent,

process residues, chemical sludge from the effluent treatment plant and discarded bags from

the raw materials section. These are stored in a separate hazardous waste storage area and

are disposed off by sending it to the authorized dealers within a stipulated period of time.

Hazardous waste materials are properly disposed as per the Hazardous and Other wastes

(Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules 1989 and subsequent

amendment in 2016. KSPCB authorization for HWM is enclosed as Annexure-11 and TSDF

agreement is enclosed as Annexure-12. The type of hazardous waste and the quantity

generated are detailed in the Table 2-19.

Table 2-19 Hazardous Waste Management

WasteCategory Waste

QuantityDisposal Method

Existing Proposed After Expansion

5.1 Used Oil (lit/Annum) 200 100 300 Used for mechanicalpurpose

2.6 Organic Solvent(lit/Annum) - 30000 30000 KSPCB authorized recyclers

33.1 MS Drums(Nos/Year) 100 300 400

KSPCB authorized scrapdealers

33.1 HDPE Drums(Nos/Year) 100 200 300

35.3 MEE salts/ ETPsludge (Kg/day) 200 700 900 TSDF

28.3 Spent Carbon(Kg/day) 0 100 100 TSDF/Cement Industries)


Page 68 of 261

2.15 Infrastructure facilities

Sanitation facility and restroom will be provided for the labor force during the construction

phase. During operation phase production block, Administration block, security room, solvent

storage area are proposed. The site layout is enclosed as Annexure-7.

2.16 Machinery & Equipment Details

The list of machinery & equipments are provided in the Table 2-20. Steam, Water & Energy

requirement for manufacturing is given in Table 2-21.

Table 2-20 List of machinery and equipments

S. No Description of Main MachineriesCapacity (Nos x Capacity KL)

Existing Proposed After Expansion

1 Glass lined Reactors (Nos &Capacity) 4x 3.0 KL

1 x 8 4 x 31 x 8

1 x 12 1 x 122 x 16 2 x 162 x 20 2 x 20

2 Centrifuge 1 x 48’’ 4 x 48’’ 5 x 48’’

3 S S reactors --

2 x 16 2 x 164 x 12 4 x 124 x 10 4 x 105 x 7 5 x 74 x 5 4 x 56 x 4 6 x 43 x 3 3 x 3

4 Vaccum tray driers -- 4 Nos 4 Nos5 ANFD”S -- 2 Nos 2 Nos

Table 2-21 Steam, Water requirement & Energy requirement

S.No Description Existing Proposed Total after expansion

1 Products (MTA) 420 1572 14522 Water (KLD) 26.9 176.4 149.53 Diesel (Ltrs/day) 100 200 1004 Power Back Up-DG (KVA) 160 600 4405 Power Electricity (KVA) 65 685 6206 Boiler (TPH) 0.75 5.0 4.25

From the above table it can be explained that the utility and water requirements increase due

to increase in products capacity, inevitably.


Page 69 of 261

2.17 Schematic Representations of the Feasibility Drawing which GiveInformation Important for EIA Purpose

A schematic representation of the overall feasibility and environmental assessment process is

shown in Figure 2-14.

The EIA process is composed of the following stages:

Study of project information

Screening & Scoping

Environmental Pre-Feasibility study & application for approval of TOR

Collection of detailed project management plan/report

Baseline Data collection

Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation

Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP

Risk Assessment and Safety & Disaster Management plan

Review & finalization of EIA Report based on the TOR requirements.

Submission of EIA report for Public Hearing

Submission of Final EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures & EMP as

well as necessary clearances from relevant Authority.


Page 70 of 261

Figure 2-14 Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Process

2.18 Description of Mitigation Measures Incorporated Into the Project to Meetthe Environmental Standards

2.19 Construction Phase

Impact assessment during the construction phase of the project is of importance as the

construction activities lead to adverse effects on the environment on a short term basis. The

major activities that are undertaken during this phase are civil works, mechanical works,

machinery works and transportation works.

During the construction phase, the following activities among many are considered to be

important towards creating environmental impacts:


Page 71 of 261

Site preparation (fencing, boundary & clearing of site).

Excavation, backfilling and levelling

Hauling and dumping of earth materials & construction spoils.

Foundation works.

Fabrication erection of Steel structures such as, tanks, pipelines and sheds.

Construction of internal roads, drains & water supply.

Painting and finishing.

Cleaning, landscaping and plantations.

2.19.1.1 Impacts due to Land Acquisition and LocationThe proposal is an expansion project within the existing facility and is situated in industrial

area. Therefore, there will not be any land acquisition requirement and no impact due to

location..

2.19.1.2 Land EnvironmentImpactsThe activities carried out during the construction phase will involve a change in the land use,

which will pose the following impacts on the land environment.

Compaction of soil and a change in the soil structure due to the use of heavy

construction vehicles and machineries.

Removal of soil from the site.

Mixing of the topsoil and subsoil.

Dispersion of dust.

Mitigation measures

Employing techniques such as restricting access during wet conditions, using

protective boarding and low ground pressure machineries to minimize compaction of

soil.

The removed soil will be properly stored for subsequent reinstatement.

Reuse of excess excavated material for road development, green belt development

and landscaping.

A well designed closed depository for storage of construction materials to prevent

land/soil pollution.

Effective stabilization of altered landforms to minimize soil erosion and the potential for

water pollution (e.g. Vegetation).

Reuse of construction wastes such as sand, brick, gravel, cement for developing

internal road and project structures.


Page 72 of 261

2.19.1.3 Air EnvironmentImpactsThe activities that might lead to a decline in the local air quality due to generation of dust are

Site preparation and clearing of site will cause disturbance to the surroundings.

Excavation, backfilling and leveling.

Hauling and dumping of earth materials and construction spoils.

Foundation works can cause dust generation which will decrease the air quality and it

can impact the labors working.

Fabrication, erection of steel structures such as tanks, pipelines and sheds.

Cleaning and landscaping.

Emission from construction DG & construction Equipments.

Mitigation measures

Barricading the construction area and minimizing exposed areas to reduce dust

generation.

Areas generating dust during dry weather will be sprayed with water.

Conserving the existing vegetation screens to act as a barrier to dust.

Appropriate enclosed areas for storage of construction materials.

Facilitating the workers with the required personal protective equipments.

Efficient usage and maintenance of equipments/machineries to lower air emissions,

noise pollution and consumption of energy resource.

Exhaust vent of DG set will be provided with adequate stack height to ensure quick

dispersal of gaseous emissions.

Periodic monitoring and maintenance of transport vehicles to check on the quality of

emission to be within permissible limits and consumption of fuel.

Regular inspection of construction site to ensure timely removal and disposal of

construction debris to the dumping sites or for recycle/reuse.

2.19.1.4 Water EnvironmentImpacts

Contamination of water courses by leakage from fuel and materials storage areas.

Oil and suspended solids in run-off from vehicles and access roads.

Use of heavy machineries and vehicles causes compaction of topsoil due to which a

change in the surface water drainage pattern is envisaged..

Generation of sewage.


Page 73 of 261

Mitigation measures

The water demand during the construction phase will be brought from private water

suppliers

Storehouse will be located at a distance away from the water storage area to prevent

accidental release or spillage.

Proper management of rain water run-off during monsoon and creating bunds to utilize

the rain water for construction purpose.

An appropriate water management system will be implemented.

Wastewater ManagementDomestic

Existing septic tank will be used for collecting sewage generation from construction phase.

2.19.1.5 Noise EnvironmentImpacts

The major sources of noise generation at the construction site are pneumatic

hammers, DG sets, compressors, concrete mixers, operating machineries, horns &

acoustic signals and communication among workers.

Noise nuisance causes discomfort and health related issues in those who work at the

site and those who reside in the neighboring villages.

Mitigation measures

Barricading the construction site.

The existing green belt will help in reducing the noise nuisance.

Selection of equipments of high quality.

Proper planning and organizing of construction activities which will help in avoiding

loud verbal exchanges between the intervening parties.

Transportation activities will be carried out only during the day and only in case of

emergency, the transportation activities will be permitted in night time.

The vehicles used for construction activities and transportation of materials will be

provided with the horn of low noise level as recommended by RTO/ concerned

authorities.

Minimization of operation time of noisy equipment and operation of machineries/

equipment that generate high levels of noise only during day time.

Inadequate use of plant and equipment, namely, running on full power when the work

does not necessitate will be avoided.


Page 74 of 261

Personal protective equipments, education and public awareness and exposure control

through rotation of work will be provided to the workers engaged in construction

activities in the area generating high levels of noise.

2.19.1.6 Waste Generation

Sources of waste are construction debris such as bricks, steel scrap, wooden scrap,

sand and gravel etc.

Mitigation measures

Prior to commencement of construction works, assessment of materials required,

location and planning of available space for its storage will be conducted.

Quality control will be implemented to reject defective materials at the time of delivery

thus avoiding later disposal.

Stockpiles of sand, gravel, soil will be situated in such a manner that they do not spill

or washed onto the adjacent roads.

Materials that come in will be labeled and the date of receiving will be recorded.

Preparation of a proper waste management system which includes identification of

wastes, collection, segregation, storage and disposal methods.

Recycling and reuse of certain construction debris.

Spent oils and other lubricants from equipment will be collected in enclosed containers

before disposing it to approved recyclers.

2.19.1.7 Ecology

The proposed expansion is within the existing facility and is within the industrial area,

hence no impacts are expected to arise on the biological environment. Except for the

removal of weeds, the ecological status of the site will be well maintained by

conserving/developing the greenbelt at the site.

2.19.1.8 Socio Economic Environment

The impacts of construction activities is beneficial on the social environment as it

contributes to the economic and social development by providing employment to about

50 workers during the construction phase and thereby raising the standards of living

and quality of life.

Procurement of construction materials locally leads to increase in trading opportunities.

2.20 Operation Phase

From an environmental perspective, this phase is of paramount significance due to its

potential to invoke long-term impacts. The adverse effects that are likely to occur during this


Page 75 of 261

operational phase of the project are: Air Pollution (gaseous emissions), Effluent generation,

Noise generation, Solid waste generation etc.

2.21 Land Environment

The land use of the existing area is already for industrial use.

The proposed expansion is within the existing facility.The total land area is 8000 Sq.mt

(1.976 Acres).There is no additional land acquisition for proposed expansion, sufficient

area is available for the proposed expansion, only additional facilities will be proposed

for expansion.

Ground coverage area will be increased from 737.6 sq.m to 1879 sq.m. Additional

facilities will be constructed in existing vacant land.

There will be no change in land use pattern of the project site.

i.Impact due to Discharges on Land

Domestic :In existing facility, sewage (0.8KLD) is disposed in to septic tank. After expansion sewage

(4.9KLD) will be treated in proposed 5 KLD STP, and recycled for green belt development.

Hence there will be no discharge on land.

Industrial Wastewater:Existing Industrial effluent(6.1KLD) is being treated in ETP followed by 5KLD capacity of

Forced Evaporation system. ATFD salts is being disposed to TSDF. Treated water is recycled

for utilities.

After expansion, 23.5 KLD of effluent will be generated and it will be treated in proposed 30

KLD ETP followed by proposed 50 KLD MEE plant. ZLD system will be implemented and

maintained. MEE salts will be disposed to TSDF. MEE condensate will be recycled for cooling

tower make up, laboratory use and boiler feed. Hence there will be no discharges on land

premises.

Mitigation Measures

Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines.

Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken parts of the

conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected.

Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as surface RCC

channels along the pipelines is adopted.

Lining of effluent collection tank/ETP common guard pond.

Treated wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using it for

various requirements.


Page 76 of 261

There will be institutional arrangement to check the efficiency of Zero Liquid Discharge.

ii. Impact on Soil Contamination

Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-

hazardous wastes generated due to various operations in the project site.

Sludge generated during production process, chemical waste including toxic waste, oil

slurry, Salts from ATFD, sludge from ETP etc are the source of hazardous waste.

Poor management of such materials/wastes from the operations is a potential risk of

soil contamination.

Soil – Mitigation Measures

Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling will be adopted to

eliminate/minimise the risks of soil contamination.

The wastes generated will be stored in temporary storage facility and transferred to

nearby Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) and also to the approved

vendors of Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB) for landfill or Co-

processing.

Waste minimisation techniques will be adopted in order to minimise the generation of

wastes.

2.21.1.1 Air Environment

Air pollutants in the form of oxides of nitrogen, sulfur & PM from generators, boilers &

acid mist/VOCs from the process section, contribute and cause certain impacts on the

air quality.

Mitigation Measures

Water sprinkling will be carried out on road surfaces in the project area.

Trucks with cargo susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with tarpaulin.

All the vehicles will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to the emission

standards.

In addition, EMC will ensure that unit will be with essential pollution control measures

as to be stated by KSPCB in their CFO.

Boiler will be provided with bagfilter & cyclone separator to control the pollutants.

Adequate green belt will be developed to mitigate the pollution arising due to

movement of vehicles.

Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations in order

to check and compare the predicted concentrations with the measured concentrations.


Page 77 of 261

NAAQS Exceedance if any may be checked thoroughly and adequacy/Performance of

Air Pollution Control measures will be reviewed.

Existing Air Pollution Control Measures are provided in Table 2-22. Air pollution control

measures for proposed expansion is shown in Table 2-23.

Table 2-22 Air pollution control measures (Existing)S.

No.Description of Source of

Generation Emission APC measures Point of Dischargeheight in meters

1 Reactors (4Nos) Acid fumes andVOC

Individual wet scrubbersare connected to common

Stack9 AGL

2 Boiler 0.5 TPH SO2, NOx, CO &PM

Cyclone Separator &Individual Stack 22 AGL

3 Exsting: DG 1 x 160 kVA Individual Stacks 6 ARL

Table 2-23 Air pollution control measures (After expansion)S.

No.Description of Source of

Generation Emission APC measures Point of Dischargeheight in meters

1 Reactors(10Nos) Acid fumesIndividual wet scrubber are

connected to commonStack

9 AGL

2 Boiler 5 TPH (Coal fired) SO2, NOx,CO& PM

Bagfilter, CycloneSeparator &Individual

Stack30 AGL

3 Proposed:DG 1 x 600 kVA Individual Stacks 6 ARL

Fugitive emissionSVSO adopts the following action to control fugitive emission from the reactors and odour.

The outfall of reactor is connected to primary condenser.

Then outlet of primary condenser is passes through the secondary condenser,

emission passes through condenser will get condense.

The condensed emission will be recycled to process.

From vapor condenser cloud it is again recycled to reactor,

Emission due to leakage / damage will be detected manually and repaired.

The process emission from the reactors is scrubbed to acid/alkali scrubbers and vent

through the stacks of adequate heights.


Page 78 of 261

Odour control

.Local exhaust ventilation will be provided at storage locations which will be connected

to the scrubbers.

Turbo ventilators will be provided at strategic locations.

All the areas are connected to Air Handling units.

The Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) monitoring is carried out regular intervals and

is being submitted to the Board.

2.21.1.2 Noise EnvironmentImpactNoise generation sources during operation phase is classified into two categories:

(a) Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machineries at the project site

like Boilers, Compressors, DG sets, Cooling towers, boiler feed water Pumps etc.

(b) Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,

materials, material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc.

The impact of vibrations beyond the site would be negligible during normal operation phase.

However, the impacts on workers engaged in the plant area would be considerable due to

occupational exposure. The proposed fixed major equipment/units such as boiler house,

compressors, pumps, DG sets etc., also generate vibrations during operational phase and

may cause exposures to the workers/operators engaged at these units.

Mitigation Measures

The major noise generating equipments like Compressors, DG sets, Boiler

Feed water pumps etc. will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for

an insertion loss of 25 dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc.

Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring

cumulative noise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A).

The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly time

weighted average will be maintained well within the prescribed Occupational

Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits.

Acoustic design with sound proof glass panelling will be provided for critical

operator cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central control

facilities.

Use of personal protective equipments/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs

etc. will be strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.


Page 79 of 261

Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works

will be carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be

lubricated to minimise noise emissions.

Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrub

plantation; landscaping with horticulture; and tree plantation at vehicle parking

areas and along approach roads.

Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational

phase of the project.

Vibration generating sources and their platforms will be maintained properly to

minimize vibrations and related impacts.

Vibration dampers will be provided around the source of generation.

Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of raw

materials and products will be planned in line with the same.

2.21.1.4 Water Environmenti.Potential Impact due to LocationImpact on Existing Water ResourcesDuring operation phase, water requirement of proposed units will be mainly for process,

condenser cooling water, DM water for steam generation, service water, domestic use, fire

water, green belt etc.

The total water requirement for the existing unit is 26.9 KLD, of which 21.4 KLD is fresh water

and 5.5 KLD is recycled water.

Water requirement for operational phase after expansion will be 75 KLD of which fresh water

will be 49.1 KLD and recycled water/treated water 25.9 KLD.

The total water requirement for existing and proposed project will be met from ground water (1

bore well is facilitated within the existing facility) and private tankers in summer season.

Wastewater generated from the project will be treated in ETP and Zero Liquid Discharge will

be maintained, hence the impact due to the proposed project is very minimal.

ii. Impacts To Surface Water BodiesThe surface water and groundwater are the life line of the villages. All the ponds in the area

are working as recharge sites for the under lying groundwater and hence the surface water

and ground water systems are acting like a single unit and therefore cannot be seen in

Isolation.


Page 80 of 261

Any contamination in surface drainage due to operation of project could collapse the system

and will have serious impacts to the water resources especially the availability of potable

water in the PIA area. The impacts will be high in the core area especially the 1.0 km radius

area. Therefore the efficiency of the Zero waste discharge will be ensured with proper

regulatory and institutional arrangements.

Mitigation Measures

The following measures are proposed as a part of development to improve the ground water

scenario and also to ensure that ground water is not contaminated. Strategic plans such as

implementing rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharging purposes in project site will be

adhered.

Recharge pits

Only roof-top rain water harvesting

Rainwater storage ponds/tanks

Monitoring of water quality and groundwater level variations in the project site.

2.21.1.5 Wastewater Treatment & ManagementThe source of wastewater generation from the project is as follows:

Industrial process wastewater/effluent

Boiler and cooling tower blow down

Domestic wastewater/Sewage

Equipment cleaning , floor washings, etc.

The details of wastewater quantities to be generated from the project are discussed in

Section 2.9.2. The untreated wastewater if discharged into nearby surface water may affect

the surface water and/or if disposed off on land without treatment may pollute the ground and

surface water.

Existing Wastewater Treatment System :Sewage is being sent to septic tank followed by soak pit. Industrial effluent from the plant are

collected separate as LTDS & HTDS then stored in collection tank. After neutralization and

setting, the effluent is fed to Forced Evaporation (6.0 KLD) plant. Concentrate will be sent to

ATFD, Salt from ATFD will be sent to TSDF. Condensate is being recycled to utilities.

KSPCB authorization for HWM is enclosed as Annexure-11. TSDF agreement is enclosed as

Annexure-12.


Page 81 of 261

Proposed Wastewater Treatment system:

The sewage (4.9 KLD) will be treated in proposed 5.0 KLD STP,treated sewage will be used

for greenbelt. Industrial effluents (23.5 KLD) will be treated in proposed 30 KLD of ETP

followed by 50 KLD capacity of MEE Plant. MEE condensate will be used for cooling tower

make up, laboratory use and boiler feed and concentrate will be sent to ATFD. ATFD Salt will

be disposed to TSDF.

The existing wasterwater treatment system is being maintained ZLD concept and the

proposed system also will be a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). There will be no discharge to

land environment. The Details Sewage/ Wastewater Treatment and Disposal is given in Table2-24 & Characteristics of effluent generated in summarized in Table 2-25. Proposed ZLD

scheme (ETP & MEE) is provided in Annexure- 18.

Table 2-24 Sewage/Effluent Treatment and Disposal

Description Existing Proposed Afterexpansion

TreatmentUnits Final Disposal point

Domestic(KLD) 0.8 4.1 4.9 STP Treated sewage will be

used for GreenbeltInd. effluentgeneration(KLD)

6.1 23.5 23.5 ZLD (ETP &MEE&ATFD)

Treated effluent will beused for utilities.

Table 2-25 Characteristics of Effluent Generated

S. No. ParameterConcentration*

Raw Effluent Characteristics Concentration*RO permeate Characteristics

LTDS HTDS1 pH 5.9 13.2 7.0-8.02 TSS 1125 4168 50-803 TDS 1627 2761 <10004 COD 580 12028 50-1005 BOD 278.4 5773.4 15-25

* All parameters except pH are expressed as mg/l

Conveyance of Wastewater to ZLDThe wastewater will be conveyed to ZLD through pipeline.

Wastewater CollectionThere are 5 no of tanks for each type of wastewater generated and the holding capacity tanks

are 3x50KL & 2x10KL


Page 82 of 261

Mitigation Measures

ETP with MEE is proposed to treat industrial effluents.

ETP is Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) System.

A storm water drainage system is already developed for the project site.

The runoff from uncontaminated areas will be used for greenbelt area.

The oil contaminated water, if any will be sent to oil water separator; separated oil will

be sent to KSPCB approved vendors and water will be sent to ETP for further

treatment. The treated water will be re used for various applications.

2.21.1.6 Biological Environment

Impact on Migratory Paths for Wildlife and Forest Blocks

There are no identified migratory paths for major and minor wildlife in the project site and the

study area. The identified fauna which are observed at the project site and in the study area

are local migrants only. Therefore the proposed project operations are not likely to have any

adverse impact on the paths for avid-fauna.

Mitigation Measures

Discharge of wastes/wastewater without treatment into the water bodies during the

operation phase would not be allowed.

Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of

terrestrial ecology and biodiversity.

2.21.1.7 Solid Waste Management

Impact due to Solid Waste GenerationDuring operation phase, various types of solid waste are likely to be generated which can be

broadly categorized as Hazardous Waste and Municipal solid Waste. Further, the generated

municipal solid waste include Biodegradable, Recyclable and Inert compounds. If the solid

waste generated is not properly managed and disposed in unauthorized manner, it will impact

on soil quality, groundwater and air quality.

Solid Waste ManagementStrict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation during the

operational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines will be to ensure

adopting recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid waste at source into organic

and inorganic wastes. Waste management is given in Figure 2-15.


Page 83 of 261

Figure 2-15 Waste Management Concept

2.22 Assessment of New and untested technology for the risk of technologicalfailure

The project is proposed change in product mix and enhancement of production capacity of

Bulk Drugs and Intermediates manufacturing within the existing facility with R & D activity.

The process used for production is made by SVSO inhouse R & D facility. There would not be

any changes in the process. The manufacturing processes for these products are tried &

tested method, and therefore there is no risk of technological failure. In addition to this the

facility is being backed up by the R & D centre which will take continuous efforts for

optimization of the processes to handle any technological failures.


Page 84 of 261

CHAPTER-3DESCRIPTION OFENVIRONMENT


Page 85 of 261

3. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Preamble

This chapter depicts the establishment of baseline for valued environmental components, as

identified in and around the proposed expansion project with an area 0.88 Acres (0.356 Ha)

located at Sy.No 132, plot no. 57 & 58, Humnabad Industrial area, Gadavanthi Village,

Humnabad Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State. The primary baseline data was monitored

after obtaining Terms of Reference from KSEIAA. Baseline monitoring was carried out for 1

season. ( three (3) months) i.e., from Sep - Nov 2018 and secondary data was collected from

Government and Semi-Government organizations. The primary baseline data has been

generated by M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd, Chennai, a MoEF&CC approved &

NABL Accredited Environmental Testing Laboratory for the following Terrestrial environmental

components.

Meteorology: Temperature, Relative Humidity, Rainfall, Wind Speed & Direction-

. Section: 3.6.2

Ambient Air Quality: Particulate matter <10 micron size (PM10),Particulate matter

<2.5 micron size (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2),Carbon

Monoxide (CO), Lead (Pb),Ozone (O3),Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) pyrene (C20H12),

Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Ammonia (NH3), Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC),

Chlorine (Cl), Hydrochloric acid (HCl), Hydrobromic acid (HBr), Hydrogen sulphide

(H2S) & Hydrogen fluoride (HF)- Section: 3.8.2.

Ambient Noise Levels: Day equivalent noise levels, Night equivalent noise levels -

Section: 3.9

Inland Water Quality: Groundwater Quality, Surface Water Quality- Section: 3.10.3& 3.10.1

Soil Quality- Section:3.11

Ecology- Section:3.12

Socio economic status- Section: 3.13

3.2 Study Area

A 10 Km radial distance with the proposed project site as the epicenter was identified as thegeneral study area / Project Influence Area (PIA) for assessing the baseline environmentalstatus. The core study area is the project area and its immediate surroundings to the tune of1.0 Km radius from the boundary. Further the Project Impact /Influence Area (PIA) is 10 Kmfrom the boundary of the core area covering Humnabad Taluk, Bidar District of KarnatakaState.


Page 86 of 261

3.3 Description of the Study Area

As described in Chapter 1 Introduction, M/s. Sri Venkata Sai Organics is located at Humnabad

KIADB, Bidar district, Karnataka. The site is located about ~2.5 km (ENE) away from Town

(Humnabad) and National highway connecting Bidar to Hospet (NH-218) is located at a

distance of ~0.26 Km towards North West. The National Highway NH-65 (Hyderabad to

Mumbai – earlier know as NH-9) is ~0.92 Km towards North from Project site boundary. An

overall idea of the study area with reference to the physical conditions are presented for better

understanding in the following sections before proceeding into the section on the prevailing

environmental conditions of the study area. Figure 3-1 shows the Satellite image of the study

area of project and Topo Map of the Study Area is given in Figure 3-2.

Figure 3-1 Satellite image of the study area of project


Page 86 of 261













Page 86 of 261













Page 87 of 261

Figure 3-2 Topo Map of the Study Area


Page 88 of 261

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive Areas

The environmental sensitive areas covering an aerial distance of 15km PIA from project

boundary is given in Table 3-1 and Figure 3-3.Table 3-1 Environmentally sensitive areas within 15 km from project boundary

S.No Areas Proposed project location boundary in Km1. Areas protected under

international conventions,national or local legislationfor their ecological,landscape, cultural or otherrelated value

Nil

2. Areas which are importantor sensitive for ecologicalreasons – Wetlands,Watercourses or otherwater bodies, coastal zone,biospheres, mountains,forests

S. No Name Distance (~Km) DirectionWater Bodies

1 Chandri/ Dodda Halla 1.87 N2 Mullahmari N 9.84 SSW3 Mullahmari Reservoir 9.35 SW4 Dodda Halla 14.27 SE5 Mullahmari Left Bank Canal 8.74 S6 Mullahmari Right Bank Canal 10.58 SSW7 Mullahmari R 12.69 WSW

Reserve Forests1 Hudgi RF 9.36 ESE2 RF near Laldhari 3.18 SW3 RF near Mustapura 5.84 SW4 RF near Malkapurwadi 13.26 NE5 Bilkhera RF 12.94 ESE6 RF near Talmadgi 14.78 E7 RF near Shamtabad 14.76 ESE8 RF near Malsapura 12.8 SE9 Rampura RF 12.13 SE


3. Areas used by protected,important or sensitivespecies of flora or fauna forbreeding, nesting, foraging,resting, over wintering,migration

Nil

4. Inland, coastal, marine orunderground waters

Nil

5. State, National boundaries Nil


Page 89 of 261

S.No Areas Proposed project location boundary in Km6. Routes or facilities used by

the public for access torecreation or other tourist,pilgrim areas

NH-218 (Bijapur-Gulbarga-Homnabad) ~ 0.25 km, NW.NH 65 (Mumbai Hwy) ~ 0.95 km(NNE)

7. Defence installations Bidar Defense Airport ~41.5Km, NE.8. Densely populated or built-

up areaHumnabad ~2.5 Km towards ENE (Population: 44,483)

9. Areas occupied bysensitive man-made landuses (hospitals, schools,places of worship,community facilities)

S. No Name Distance(~Km)

Direction

Educational Institutions1 Anganwadi 3.91 NE2 Govt high school walkhindi 9.64 SE3 Excellent Public School 4.38 ESE4 Morarji Desai Residential School 3 ESE5 Government Primary School 5.01 S6 Government High School 4.78 S

7 Government Kannada Medium PrimarySchool 5.25 SW

8 Krunidhi Primary School 3.12 ENE9 Vishwabharati HPS School 3.23 ENE

10 Ram and Raj English Medium School 4.18 ENE11 Government Girls PU College 2.95 ENE12 Smartkidz Play School 3.9 NE13 Sunrise Public School 3.68 NE14 Al Ameen Education Campus 3.78 NE15 Al Ameen Higher Primary School 4.2 NE16 Global Public School 3.47 ENE17 Shaheen School 4.05 ENE18 Government Girls Primary School 4.19 NE19 The Manik Public School 3.51 NE20 Shakuntala Patil Res School 5.38 ENE21 Roushan Public School 6.17 NW22 Karnataka HP School 6.3 NW

23 Rambhapuri Education Trust MaharaniKittur Channamma School 6.75 NW

24 Government Primary School 6.57 NW25 Govt Primary School 8.09 N26 Hindi School 3.17 NE27 SVET College of Pharmacy 2.94 ENE28 SVET Dental College 2.94 ENE29 Anjanadevi B.Ed. College 2.77 E30 Chinna Basava PU College 3.01 NE

31 Diploma in Fire and Safety EngineeringCollege HBD 3.31 NE

32 SVCM Fine Art College 2.96 NE33 HKDE College of Education 3.66 ENE34 HKDET Polytechnic College 5.55 ENE35 Government PU College 8.59 SSW

36 Raja Rajeshwari Ayurvedic MedicalCollege 5.4 E


Page 90 of 261

S.No Areas Proposed project location boundary in Km

Religious Places1 Temple 0.76 NNE2 Beersheba Church of God 3.37 E3 Bethel Prayer House 3.01 E4 Bodle Saheb Dargah 7.37 NE5 Mehboobia Masjid 6.16 NW6 Hanuman Temple Devang Samaj Mata 6.35 NW7 Faiz Ali Shah Qadri Ajazi Dargah 7.34 NW8 Sri Hanuman Mandir 8.35 WNW9 Masjid 8.13 WNW

10 Biralingeshwar Temple 5.71 WNW11 Basveshwara Swamy Math Yerabaka 4.2 WNW12 Sri Mahadev Temple 8.05 SW13 Jamia Masjid 5.7 SW14 Hazarat Abbusha Quadri Darga 1.5 SSE15 Basavatirth devalaya 2.32 SSE16 Basavatrith Math 2.32 SSE17 Basavanna Temple 1.86 SE18 Shirdi Sai Baba Temple 3.03 ENE19 Sri Nuli Channaya 3.84 ENE20 Nagareshwara Temple 4.07 ENE21 Pochamma Temple 3.54 ENE22 Balaji Temple 3.86 ENE23 Bhavani Mandir 3.07 NE24 Veerabhadreshwara Temple 2.6 NNE25 Manik Prabhu Temple 3.01 NE26 Veerbhadreshwar Temple 3.98 NE

Hospitals1 Government Hospital Kanakatta 7.85 N2 Government Hospital Rajeshwar 7.27 NW3 Heera Hospital 4.02 NE4 Manda Hospital 4.1 ENE5 Shetty Bhai Hospital 3.85 NE6 Inamdar Hospital 3.49 NE7 Government Hospital 3.39 NE8 Sri Sainidhi Hospital 3.02 NE9 Salimath Hospital 3.13 ENE

10 Gnyaneshwar Ayurveda & Panchakama 5.44 NEIndustries

1 Arunodaya Poultry Farm 0.65 N2 Ahqaar Ice Factory 1.98 NE3 Seutic Labs Pvt. Ltd 0.71 NNE4 Akshar Mine Chemical Pvt Ltd 0.24 N5 Maharaja Spices Industries 0.56 NNE6 6H Industries 0.51 N7 R Chem Pvt Limited 0.42 NNW8 Kshatriya Laboratories Pvt Limited 0.44 NW9 Loha Mandi Akhil Steel 0.07 SSW

10 A One Agro Industries 0.39 SSW11 Karanja Industries 0.32 NW


Page 91 of 261

S.No Areas Proposed project location boundary in Km

12 Swastik Industries 3.88 ENEPublic Buildings

1 Tehsil Office 3.39 NE2 Post Office 3.76 ENE3 Humnabad Police Station 3.19 NE4 Forest Office 2.97 ENE5 Humnabad Court 3.61 ENE6 Humnabad Minority Office 3.87 ENE7 NEKRTC Regional Training Center 0.55 N8 Member of Legislative Assembly 3.25 NE9 Rajeshwar Post Office 6.71 NW

10 Kallur Gram Panchayat 5.23 S11 Gram Panchayat Office 8.73 SSW

10. Areas containing important,high quality or scarceresources, (groundwaterresources, surfaceresources, forestry,agriculture, fisheries,tourism, minerals)

S. No Name Distance (~Km) DirectionWater Bodies

1 Chandri/ Dodda Halla 1.87 N2 Mullahmari N 9.84 SSW3 Mullahmari Reservoir 9.35 SW4 Dodda Halla 14.27 SE5 Mullahmari Left Bank Canal 8.74 S6 Mullahmari Right Bank Canal 10.58 SSW7 Mullahmari R 12.69 WSW

11. Areas susceptible tonatural hazard which couldcause the project topresent environmentalproblems, (earthquakes,subsidence, landslides,erosion or extreme oradverse climaticconditions)

The area falls under seismic Zone-II (Low Damage Risk Zone), according tothe Earthquake Hazard Map of India.


Page 92 of 261

Figure 3-3 Environmental sensitive areas covering the study area (15 Km radius)


Page 92 of 261



Page 92 of 261



Page 93 of 261

3.5 Physical Conditions

In this section, the physical conditions of PIA district Bidar are discussed in general and

wherever possible references to the conditions prevailing in the study area in particular are

also provided. The physical conditions are discussed as under:

i. District profile

ii. Drainage, land use, geology, Physiography

iii. Natural resources

iv. Climatic conditions, seismic zone characteristics and natural hazards

3.5.1 PIA District ProfileThe district is the northern most part of the Karnataka state with geographical area of 5460

sq.km. It lies between 17°35’ and 18°29’ North latitude and 76°41’ to 77°39’ East longitude. It

is bounded by Nizamabad and Medak districts of Telengana state on the eastern side, Latur

and Osmanabad districts of Maharastra state on the western side, Nanded district of

Maharastra state on the northern side and Gulbarga district on southern side. The entire

district forms a part of the Deccan Plateau and is made upmostly of solidified lava. The

northern part of the district is characterized by expanses of level and treeless surface

punctuated here and there by flat and undulating hillocks, black soils and basaltic rocks. The

southern half of the district is a high plateau about 715 m above mean sea level and is well

drained. The average elevation of the district is between 580 to 610 m above mean sea level.

Alluvial deposit is normally found along the banks of the Manjra river and its main tributaries.Source: ( http://dcmsme.gov.in/dips/DIP-%20Bidar.pdf )

3.5.2 Climatic ConditionsThe district experiences semi-arid climate with extreme summer. The dust storms and severe

heat waves are common in the district between April and May. The temperature begins to rise

towards the end of February till the end of May, which is the hottest month of the year. Coldest

months are December and January. The temperature varies in the district between 20 ºC and

42 ºC The year in the district may be divided into summer season from March to May,

southwest monsoon season from June to September, post-monsoon season from October to

November and winter season from December to February. Generally, the monsoon sets in the

month of June and reaches its peak in the month of September. The rainfall generally is

spread over 45 to 55 days. Nearly 75% to 80% of the annual rainfall is during the period of

southwest monsoon. A few showers are also received during the Northeast monsoon period,

generally in the month of December. Bidar district receives an average normal rainfall of 886

mm. The normal rainfall over the district ranges from 821 mm to 998 mm..Source: CGWB Bidar, IMD Climatological Data_Bidar District_1971-2000


Page 94 of 261

3.5.3 Natural Resources of Bidar District3.5.3.1 Flora & Fauna

Flora: The weeds and climber found in the forest of the district are not of much economic

value. Some different type of grass which grows following are the tree species found in the

district: Acacia arabica (Jali or babul), Tamarindus indica, linn (Hunase), Butea frondosa,

Palash, Anogeissus latifolia, wall (Dindiga), and Hardwickia binata. in the area are not of

nutrient type for the cattle and therefore useful for thatching roof of huts and houses. The

minor forest produce consist tupra (beedi) leaves, rousa grass, seetaphal, honey, wax,

tamarind and mango fruits. The most common shrubs are Bikke (Gardenia gummifera, Linn)

and Gotti or Challe (Ziziphus xylopyrus willd). They are mostly used for fencing the fields.

Fauna: The scantiness of forest accounts for almost a total absence of denizens of the forest

that can be said to belong to the big game variety. Occasionally, leopard may be seen.

Wolves are found in the craggy portion of the undulating forest. As many as 30 varieties of

bats are found in the district. Heads of the small deer appears during winter. The more

important among the domesticated animals are the buffalo, the cow, the sheep, the goat and

the camel. Flora and fauna of PIA are discussed in section 3.11.Source: District census handbook,Bidar,Karnataka,2011

3.5.3.2 Forest ResourcesForest areas of Bidar division are classified as Reserve forests, protected forests and

unclassified forests. Bidar Forest division is having 43,592 ha. of Forest area including

Reserve Forests, Protected forests and Unclassified forests. The district has 5448.43 Sq.Km

of total geographical area.Source: http://dcmsme.gov.in/dips/DIP-%20Bidar.pdf

3.5.3.3 Irrigation

In the district the irrigation is by surface water and ground water. The surface water irrigation

is through canals, tanks and from medium and minor irrigation projects. Major irrigation dam

has been constructed across the Karanja river and medium irrigation dam constructed across

Chukkenala and Mullamari rivers. From ground water the irrigation is through dug wells, dug

cum bore wells and bore wells.

3.5.3.4 Agricultural ResourcesThe main occupation of the people in the district is agriculture and related operations.

There are two main seasons in which agricultural practices are carried out. The two seasons

are Kharif and Rabi. Kharif season commences from June and the crops are harvested in


Page 95 of 261

September. Rabi season commences from September and crops harvested in February. The

main food crops are Jowar, Paddy, Wheat, Bajra, Maize and pulses. Groundnut, sugarcane

and cotton are the cash crops.

Cereals - Paddy, Jowar, Bajra, Maize, Wheat

Pulse - Black gram, Bengal gram, Green gram and Red gram

Horticulture - Banana, Mango, Papaya, Grapes, Potato Tomato, Brinjal,

Cash Crop - Sugarcane, Cotton

Oil Seeds - Groundnut, Sunflower, Soyabean, Sesame

3.5.3.5 LivestockLivestock rearing plays an important role in the rural economy of the district. It supplements

family income from agriculture and also provides employment. It is more vital wherever

agricultural is predominant in the society. Farmers are dependent on animal husbandry

activities to utilize agricultural by-products and crop residues to convert them into animal

products with good returns. Bullocks are more prized among the cattle since they provide the

necessary draught power required for agriculture.

3.5.3.6 Mineral ResourcesThe minerals found in the area are Bauxite, Kaolin and Red ochre. A deposit of highly

siliceous bauxite clay has been located about three kilometers south of Basavakalyan. Similar

deposits are noticed near Alwal and Kamthana Villages of Bidar taluk. A large deposit of

Kaolin is located near Kamthana village. Red ochre deposits are found near Sirsi and Aurad

Village. Geology & Minerals map of Karnataka is given in Figure 3-4.

Figure 3-4 Geology & Minerals Map of Karnataka


Page 96 of 261

3.5.4 Land Use & Land CoverThe district has 5448.43 Sq.Km. Details of land use/land cover statistics are given in Table3-2 and Land Use Pattern in the PIA District is given in Figure 3-5. Land Use Map of Bidar

district is given in Figure 3-6.

Table 3-2 District land use/land cover statistics

S. No Division of Land Use/Land Cover Area inSq. Km

Area inAcres

Area inHa Area %

1. Builtup, Urban 41.66 10294.20 4166 0.762. Builtup, Mining 1.53 378.10 153 0.033. Agriculture, Plantation 20.96 5179.20 2096 0.384. Forest, Deciduous 19.42 4798.70 1942 0.365. Forest, Scrub forest 64.58 15957.70 6458 1.19

6. Barren/unculturable/ Wastelands, Barrenrocky 0.9 222.40 90 0.02

7. Wetlands/Water Bodies,Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds 66.21 16360.50 6621 1.22

8. Builtup, Rural 68.59 16948.60 6859 1.269. Agriculture, Crop land 4681.6 1156823.40 468160 85.93

10. Agriculture, Fallow 10.09 2493.20 1009 0.1911. Forest, Forest Plantation 59.55 14714.80 5955 1.0912. Barren/unculturable/ Wastelands, Scrub land 371.89 91894.00 37189 6.8313. Wetlands/Water Bodies, River/Stream/canals 41.01 10133.60 4101 0.75

Total 5448.00 1346198.30 544799.00 100.00Source: Bhuvan

Figure 3-5 Land Use Pattern in the PIA DistrictLULC Information (2011-12) for Bidar

Total Geographical Area : 5448 Sq. Km


Page 96 of 261





Area inAcres

Area inHa Area %










Page 96 of 261





Area inAcres

Area inHa Area %










Page 97 of 261

Figure 3-6 Land Use Map of Bidar district

3.5.4.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

Total Project Study Area is 321.206 Sq.Km. Land Use pattern of the study area is given in

Table 3-3. Land Use Pattern of the study area is given in Figure 3-7. LULC map of the Study

area is given in Figure 3-9.


Page 97 of 261







Page 97 of 261







Page 98 of 261

Table 3-3 Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10Km radius of the Study Area

S.No Land Use Area(Sq.Km) Area(Acres) Area(Ha) Area in Percentage

1 Cropland 218.23 53925.7 21823 67.94

2 Fallow land 56.07 13855.2 5607 17.4559

3 Shrub land 32.45 8018.56 3245 10.1024

4 Plantation 4.51 1114.44 451 1.40407

5 Urban 3.65 901.933 365 1.13633

6 Rural 3.03 748.728 303 0.94331

7 River/ Stream/ Canals 1.77 437.376 177 0.55104

8 Reservoirs/ Lakes/Ponds 0.9 222.395 90 0.28019

9 Deciduous 0.6 148.263 60 0.18679

Total 321.21 79372.6 32121 100

Figure 3-7 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area


Page 99 of 261

Figure 3-8 LULC map of the Study area


Page 99 of 261



Page 99 of 261



Page 100 of 261

3.5.5 TopographyThe entire district forms a part of the Deccan Plateau and is made up mostly of solidified lava.

The northern part of the district is characterized by expanses of level and treeless surface

punctuated here and there by flat and undulating hillocks, black soils and basaltic rocks. The

southern half of the district is a high plateau about 715 m above mean sea level and is well

drained. The average elevation of the district is between 580 to 610 m above mean sea level.

Alluvial deposit is normally found along the banks of the Manjra river and its main tributaries.

The project site falls under an elevation of 640m above the mean sea level and the study area

contours vary from 560 m to 660m above MSL. From the project site the high elevations were

observed towards North East direction and the lowest contours were observed in South West

direction. While the remaining areas showed variations with respect to contours. Physical map

of Karnataka state is given in Figure 3-9. Contour map of project site is given in Figure 3-10.

Source: ( http://dcmsme.gov.in/dips/DIP-%20Bidar.pdf )

Figure 3-9 Physical map of Karnataka state


Page 101 of 261

Figure 3-10 Contour map of project site


Page 102 of 261

3.5.6 Geology of the PIA DistrictThe district is entirely covered by the Deccan trap flows of tertiary period. The Deccan traps

are composed of horizontal flows of basaltic lava. They generally form flat topped hillocks and

terrace like features. The physical characteristics of individual flow show considerable

variation. Some flows are hard and massive, while others are weathered, soft and friable. The

top layers of the Deccan trap in parts of Bidar are altered to reddish vesicular laterite forming

extensive undulating plateau. The entire study area is covered by the Laterite formation.

Geology map of the PIA district is given in Figure 3-11.

Figure 3-11 Geology Map of PIA District

3.5.7 Geomorphology of PIA DistrictPhysiographically, the district can be divided into two regions. They are northern low land and

southern high land. The southern high land is popularly known as Bidar plateau, which is

made up of laterite. The ground altitude of Bidar district is varying from 420 to 684 m above

MSL. Bidar plateau has an elevation range from 640 to 684 m above MSL. The ground

surface is flat, gently sloping forming broad valleys and flat topped hills. The flat topped hills

with step like sides exhibit the terraced landscape. Geomorphology Map of study area is given

in Figure 3-13, which shows that major part of the study area is covered by Denudational

Origin - Pediment/Pediplain Complex 71.33%, Structural Origin- Moderately Dissected Upper

Plateau 24.22%, Structural Origin- Low Dissected upper Plateau 2.81%, Structural Origin-

Low Dissected lower Plateau 0.75%, Water Bodies/Tanks 0.83% and Anthropogenic origin –

Anthropogenic Terrain 0.05%. The Geomorphology pattern of study area is shown in Figure3-12.


Page 103 of 261

Figure 3-12 Geomorphology pattern of study area


Page 104 of 261

Figure 3-13 Geomorphology map of study area


Page 104 of 261



Page 104 of 261



Page 105 of 261

3.5.8 Hydrogeology of PIA DistrictThe entire district is underlain by lava flows of the Deccan trap except small area covered with

the lateritic capping and is shown in the Figure below. Deccan trap consists of successive lava

flows, almost horizontal in disposition. Individual flows show considerable variation in physical

character, thickness, nature and extent of weathering etc. The basaltic lava flows are

generally dark, grey, hard and compact in nature. Each lava flow normally consists of two

units such as lower massive basalt and upper vesicular basalt. The secondary minerals like

zeolite, quartz, calcite or some earthy or ferruginous material fill the vesicles. Well developed

columnar joints and spherical weathering are characteristic features of the massive basalt.

The massive basalt and vesicular basalt are similar in terms of composition and texture.

Water bearing properties of formation: Deccan trap basalts are a thick pile of nearly

horizontal layered formation. The porosity and the permeability change within an individual

flow and also from flow to flow and place to place. The weathered portion, joints and fractures

in the massive and vesicular units of basalt form the water bearing horizons. Abundance of

vesicles with interconnecting nature together with joints and horizontal partings in the vesicular

basalt make it a good aquifer. The red bole bed, occurring as top undulating layer of flow,

inhibit movement of ground water as it is composed of mixture of fragmentary material and

clay particles. Therefore, it acts like an aquiclude and its position in the lava sequence indicate

the presence of permeable water bearing zone underneath.

Occurrence of Groundwater Basalt: In general ground water occurs under water table

conditions in shallow aquifer and semi-confined to confined conditions in deeper aquifer. The

fractured, jointed vesicular basalt and massive basalt when overlain by red bole bed of

considerable thickness develops semi-confined to confined conditions. Hence, the red bole

bed acts as a confining layer. The red bole bed being clayey in nature also acts as a ground

barrier for the downward movement of water. The weathered and jointed zone of massive

basalt unit and vesicular basalt unit constitute the unconfined aquifer, which are generally

tapped by dug well. The semi-confined to confined aquifers are tapped by dug cum bore well

and bore well. The presence of columnar joints in massive basalt also helps in the occurrence

and movement of ground water.

Depth to Water Level: The Central Ground Water Board has established 45 hydrograph

stations. These hydrograph stations are monitored four times in a year, i.e. in the month of

January, May, August and November. The Depth to water level varies within the area

depending on the hydrogeological setup, incidence of rainfall, topographic setting and stage of

groundwater development.


Page 106 of 261

Source: ( http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/2012/BIDAR_brochure%202012.pdf )

Hydrogeology of Bidar District is given in Figure 3-14. The geology of project site covers of

alluvium and having an yield upto 5 litres per second.

Figure 3-14 Hydrogeology Map of PIA district

3.5.9 Drainage Pattern in PIA DistrictThe drainage pattern in the district varies from sub-dendritic to dendritic and some streams

have a sub parallel drainage to the main river. Major parts of the district are covered by

Godavari basin, drained by its two major tributaries the Manjara and the Karanja Rivers. The

Manjara River is Perennial River flows over a distance of 155 km in the central parts of the

district and flow eastern direction with a meandering course. The Karanja River flows in

northern-western direction for 74km with Karanja reservoir being major water source. The river

Mullamari takes its origin near Matala village of Basavakalyan taluk flows from west to east

length of 38 Sq.km and then flows into Gulbarga district and joins the river Kagna.The Kagna

River is one of the main tributary of Bhima river. Besides, there are several streams, which are

of ephemeral in nature. The drainage pattern in the district varies from sub-dendritic to

dendritic and some streams has a sub parallel drainage to the main river. Other than canals

and drainage there are no major rivers flowing within 10 Km radius. Drainage map of the study

area showing 10Km is given in Figure 3-15.


Page 107 of 261

Figure 3-15 Drainage map of the study area


Page 108 of 261

3.5.10 Soils in PIA DistrictThe two important types of soils noticed in the district are black soils and lateritic soils.

Black Soils: Major parts of the district are comprised of black soils and are derived from

Deccan traps. These are deep black in colour and their texture varies from loam to clay. Lime

concentration in this soil is high resulting in poor infiltration capacities. This type of soils covers

mainly in areas lying below 610 m contour and along the valley portions.

Lateritric Soils: Lateritic soil is confined to the central portion of the district. Lateritic soils are

pale to bright red in colour and clay to clayey loam in nature. This soil has moderate to good

infiltration characteristics. This type of soils covers mainly in areas lying above 610 m contour.

The study falls in the soil order of Entisols and Vertisols type. They are in semiarid to moist

areas. They formed primarily under forest or mixed vegetative cover and are productive for

most crops. Entisols are commonly found at the site of recently deposited materials

(e.g., alluvium), or in parent materials resistant to weathering (e.g. sand). Entisol soils also

occur in areas where a very dry or cold climate limits soil profile development. Productivity

potential of Entisols varies widely, from very productive alluvial soils found on floodplains, to

low fertility/productivity soils found on steep slopes or in sandy areas. Vertisols are usually

very dark in color, with widely variable organic matter content (1 – 6%). They typically form in

Ca and Mg rich materials such as limestone, basalt, or in areas of topographic depressions

that collect these elements leached from uplands. Vertisols are most commonly formed in

warm, subhumid or semi-arid climates, where the natural vegetation is predominantly grass,

savanna, open forest, or desert shrub. Soil Map of Karnataka is given in Figure 3-16.


Page 109 of 261

Figure 3-16 Soil Map of Karnataka State3.5.11 Cyclones & Depressions, Winds and Coastal Erosion in PIA District

Karnataka state has been confronting various natural hazards. The coastal districts namely

Dakshina Kannada, Udupi, Uttara Kannada with a coastal line of 322 kms and coastal

population of 43.64 Lakhs are under the direct threat of cyclones and severe cyclones

originating in Arabian Sea and indirect attack of cyclones originating along the Eastern

coastline. Almost all the districts in Karnataka are facing the brunt of moderate to severe

floods. Floods are associated with cloud bursts, cyclones or depressions in the Bay of Bengal

and Arabian Sea. The floods are quite common in the following districts; viz Belgaum, Bijapur,

Bagalkote, Raichur, Gulbarga, Shimoga, Chikkamagalur, Udupi, Coorg, Bellary, Dakshina

Kannada, Dharwad, Davanagere, Gadag, Hassan, Uttara Kannada, Koppal, Bidar, Bangalore

(R), Bangalore(U), Kolar, Mandya, Mysore, Chamarajanagar. The State has been placed

under Category (II) A - Low Vulnerability along with other states of Maharashtra, Kerala and

Tamil Nadu. As per Karnataka wind hazard map of Bidar district is falling under Moderate

damage risk zone. Karnataka wind Hazard Map is given in Figure 3-17.


Page 110 of 261

Figure 3-17 Wind Hazard Map of Karnataka3.5.12 Seismicity

As per Earthquake hazard map of India, The project location/study area falls in Zone II, which

is categorized as a Low Damage Risk Zone. The seismicity map of India is shown in Figure3-18.


Page 111 of 261

Figure 3-18 Seismicity Map of India

3.6 Air Environment

Baseline ambient air quality assessment gives the status in the vicinity of site and is an

indispensable part of environmental impact assessment studies. Significant changes, in

predominant winds and weather conditions are observed in winter, summer and post-

monsoon seasons apart from the local topographic influences. The baseline status of air

environment in the study area is assessed through a systematic air quality surveillance

programme.

3.6.1 Meteorological ConditionsThe regional air quality is influenced by the meteorology of that region. The principal weather

parameters that influence the concentration of the air pollutants in the surroundings are wind

speed, wind direction and temperature. The meteorological data is useful for proper


Page 112 of 261

interpretation of the baseline data. It is used as input for air quality dispersion models for

predicting the post project environmental scenario i.e. ground level concentrations due to

proposed utilities like boiler & DG sets.

3.6.2 Meteorological Data CollectionAvailable secondary data pertaining to the meteorological parameters were obtained from the

IMD Climatological tables. In addition, baseline meteorological data (primary data) was

generated during the study period (Sep-Nov 2018). The methodology adopted for monitoring

surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards

(BIS) i.e. IS:8829 and Indian Meteorological Department (IMD).

3.6.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD DataThe nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project site is Bidar.

The Climatological data for Bidar (17 32’ N and 77o 32’ E), published by the IMD, based on

daily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour IST for a 30 year period, is presented in the

following sections on the meteorological conditions of the region. The monthly variations of the

relevant meteorological parameters are reproduced in Table 3-4.

Table 3-4 Climatological Summary – Bidar Region (1971-2000)

Month

Temp (oC) Rainfall(mm)

RelativeHumidity

(%)

StationLevel

PressurehPa

MeanWind

Speed(m/s)

Predominant WindDirections

(From)*

Daily

Max.

Daily

Min.Total

No.of

days

08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30

Jan 28.6 16.3 6.5 0.4 64 41 15.1 14.2 2.4 SW NEFeb 31.6 18.5 5.3 0.6 56 34 15.0 14.3 2.6 SW NEMar 35.3 22.0 10.4 0.9 48 31 16.2 16.0 2.6 SW NEApr 37.8 24.5 23.7 2.0 48 32 19.3 18.0 2.8 SW NEMay 38.8 25.5 28.5 3.1 55 37 22.9 21.1 3.4 NW NWJun 33.4 23.0 135.8 8.3 78 58 25.6 24.4 5.0 SW SWJul 29.8 21.7 191.4 11.1 84 66 24.9 24.3 5.2 SW SWAug 28.7 21.3 213.3 11.9 85 70 24.4 24.5 4.5 SW WSep 29.9 21.5 148.4 8.3 81 66 24.2 23.6 3.0 NW NWOct 30.1 20.7 104.4 5.7 71 56 21.6 19.9 2.2 NE NENov 28.4 18.1 32.1 1.4 64 49 17.6 16.5 2.3 NE NEDec 27.5 15.9 5.1 0.5 62 43 14.9 13.8 2.3 SE NEMax. 38.8 25.5 213.3 11.9 85 70 25.6 24.4 5.2 Predominant Wind

Directions1st -SW2nd—NE

Min. 27.5 15.9 5.1 0.4 48 31 14.9 13.8 2.2Avg/Total 29.4 18.2 904.9 54.2 82 53 20.8 18.1 3.2

As per the above Climatological Table 3-4 the observations drawn are the following.


Page 113 of 261

Daily maximum temperature of 38.8oC was recorded in the month of May and the daily

minimum temperature is 15.9oC was recorded in the month of December. . Maximum

and minimum relative humidity of 85% and 31% were recorded in the months of

August and March respectively.

Maximum and minimum rainfall of 213.3 mm and 5.1 mm were recorded in the months

of August and December respectively.

Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed of 5.2 m/s and 2.2 m/s were recorded in

the months of July and October respectively.

From the above it is noticed that annual predominant wind pattern is from South West

to North East.

3.6.4 Meteorological Scenario during Study PeriodMeteorological scenario in and around the project site is an essential requirement during study

period for proper interpretation of baseline air quality status. Meteorological data was collected

for the study period from secondary source for; summer season (Sep - Nov 2018). The wind

rose of the study period is given in Figure 3-19.

Figure 3-19 Specific Windrose for the Study Period (Sep to Nov 2018)

3.7 Site Specific Meteorological data during Study Period

The Site Specific meteorological data of study period was used for interpretation of baseline

status and to simulate the meteorological conditions for prediction of impacts in modeling


Page 114 of 261

studies. Site Specific Meteorology Data for Study Period (Sep to Nov 2018) is provided in

Table 3-5.Table 3-5 Meteorology Data for Study Period (Sept ot Nov 2018)

S. No Parameter Observation

1.Temperature (0C)

Min Temperature : 13 0CMax Temperature : 34 0CAvg Temperature : 25.27 0C

2. Relative Humidity Range (%) 75.27 %

3. Average Wind Speed (m/s) 2.43 m/s

4. Predominant Wind Direction East followed by South East

3.7.1 Atmospheric Inversion

Atmospheric inversion level at the project site was monitored; the results observed at the site

during the study period are as follows:

Average atmospheric temperature : 25.27 0C Average Relative humidity : 75.27 % Average Wind speed : 2.43 m/s

The daily inversion level calculated based on the average temperature and average wind

speed at the project site and the maximum inversion height is derived by the graph plotted

based on the average temperature and average wind speed. The daily inversion level at the

project site varies from 50 to 1750m during 6 AM to 6 PM, the maximum recorded at 5 PM,

Sept 2018. This is shown in Figure 3-20.

Figure 3-20 Hourly variation of the mixing heights3.7.2 Ambient Air Quality

The selection criteria for monitoring locations are based on the following:

Topography/Terrain

Meteorological conditions

Residential and sensitive areas within the study area


Page 115 of 261

Representatives of regional background air quality/pollution levels and

Representation of likely impacted areas

3.7.2.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring StationsTo evaluate the baseline air quality of the study area, Eight (08) monitoring locations were

identified as per IMD Climatological data-Bidar Region (1971-2000). The annual wind

predominant is from South West to North East. A map showing the air monitoring locations is

given in Figure 3-21 and the details of the locations are given in Table 3-6

Table 3-6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

StationCode Location Type of

Wind Geographical CoordinatesDistance (km)from Project

boundaryAzimuth

Directions

A1 Project Site - 17°45'56.03"N 77° 5'37.23"E Within SiteA2 Manik Nagar d/w 17°47'2.45"N 77° 6'38.78"E 3.11 NEA3 Dhumansur d/w 17°47'29.17"N 77° 7'20.20"E 4.49 NEA4 Humnabad c/w 17°46'13.95"N 77° 7'52.01"E 3.89 ENEA5 Hankuni c/w 17°42'49.20"N 77° 8'24.53"E 6.88 SEA6 Basantpura u/w 17°44'40.86"N 77° 4'57.44"E 2.09 SWA7 Mastapura u/w 17°43'23.48"N 77° 3'38.97"E 5.41 SWA8 Rajeshwar c/w 17°47'38.40"N 77° 2'43.36"E 6.5 NW


Page 116 of 261

Figure 3-21 Map showing the ambient air quality monitoring locations


Page 117 of 261

3.7.2.2 Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and FrequencyAmbient air quality was monitored twice in a week for One (01) season (covering 12 weeks),

i.e. during Summer Season (Sep-Nov 2018). PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, Pb, NH3 , C6H6, C20 H12,

As, Ni,O3, CO, VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr & H2S were monitored. Sampling was carried out as per

Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) monitoring guidelines at each location. Analytical

methods used for analysis of parameters are given in Table 3-7.

Table 3-7: Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters

S.No Parameters Analytical method NAAQ standards: 2009 Sampling

Time

1 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2),μg/m3

IS:5182(Part-2):2001(Reaff:2006) 50 (Annual) 80(24

Hours) 24 Hours

2 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2),μg/ m3 IS: 5182 (Part - 6): 2006 40 (Annual) 80 (24

Hours) 24 Hours

3 Particulate Matter(PM2.5), μg/ m3

IS: 5182 (Part - 23):2006 40 (Annual) 60 (24

hours) 24 Hours

4 Particulate Matter(PM10), μg/ m3 IS:5182 (Part– 23): 2006 60 (Annual) 100 (24

hours) 24 Hours

5 CO mg/ m3 IS:5182(Part–10):1999(Reaff:2006) 2 (8 hours) 4 (1hour) 8 Hours

6 Pb μg/ m3 IS:5182(Part–22):2004(Reaff:2006) 0.5(Annual) 1(24 hours) 24 Hours

7 O3, μg/ m3 IS: 5182 (Part – 9): 1974 100(8hours) 180 (1hour) 8 Hours

8 NH3, μg/ m3APHA(air) 2nd edition(Indophenol-bluemethod)

100(Annual) 400(24hours) 8 Hours

9 Benzene, μg/ m3 IS:5182(Part–11):1999(RA:2009) 5 (Annual) 5 (Annual) 24 Hours

10 Benzo (a) pyrene, ng/m3

IS:5182(Part–12):2004(RA:2009) 1 (Annual) 1 (Annual) 24 Hours

11 Arsenic, ng/ m3 APHA (air) 2nd edition 6 (Annual) 6 (Annual) 24 Hours

12 Volatile OrganicCompounds (ppm)

PID (Photo-IonizationDetection) Method -- -- 2 Hours

13 Chlorine μg/ m3 IS 5182 (part19):1982(Ref 2003) -- -- 2 Hours

13 Hydrochloric acid (μg/m3) NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours

14 Hydrobromic acid (μg/m3) NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours

15 Hydrogen sulphide (μg/m3)

IS 5182 (part 7) :1973(Ref 2003) -- -- 2 Hours

16 Hydrogen fluoride (μg/m3) NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours


Page 118 of 261

3.7.2.3 Observations

The variations of the pollutants PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3, NH3 , C6H6, C20 H12, As, Ni,

VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr & H2S were monitoried out of which 12 parameters are compared with

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), MoEF&CC Notification, November, 2009.


Page 119 of 261

Table 3-8 Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants

Parameters Conc.NAAQStanda

rds

LocationsA1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

ProjectSite

ManikNagar

Dhumansur Homnabad Hankuni Basantpur

a Mastapura Rajeshwar

PM10 Conc.(µg/m³)

Min.100 (24Hours)

55.78 47.85 45.17 43.09 44.92 50.68 49.43 52.19Max. 79.49 68.19 64.38 61.40 64.02 72.23 70.45 74.38Avg. 66.89 57.38 54.17 51.67 53.87 60.78 59.28 62.5898th ‘tile 79.03 67.79 64.01 61.05 63.65 71.81 70.04 73.94

PM2.5 Conc.(µg/m3)

Min.60 (24Hours)

22.63 24.47 19.79 21.88 23.80 26.14 25.38 27.22Max. 32.25 34.87 28.20 31.18 33.92 37.25 36.18 38.79Avg. 27.14 29.34 23.74 26.24 28.54 31.34 30.44 32.6598th ‘tile 32.06 34.66 28.04 31.00 33.72 37.03 35.97 38.57

SO2 Conc.(µg/m3)

Min.80 (24Hours)

13.19 11.94 11.27 13.53 11.44 12.61 12.36 12.78Max. 18.80 17.02 16.07 19.28 16.30 17.97 17.61 18.21Avg. 15.83 14.32 13.52 16.23 13.72 15.12 14.82 15.3298th ‘tile 18.69 16.92 15.97 19.17 16.21 17.86 17.51 18.10

NO2 Conc.(µg/m3)Min.

80 (24Hours)

24.13 24.47 21.54 26.14 22.29 25.38 22.46 22.96Max. 34.39 34.87 30.70 37.25 31.77 36.18 32.01 32.73Avg. 28.94 29.34 25.84 31.34 26.74 30.44 26.94 27.5498th ‘tile 34.19 34.66 30.52 37.03 31.59 35.97 31.83 32.54

Pb (μg/m3) Avg. 1 (24hour)

BLQ (LOQ0.05)

BLQ (LOQ0.05)

BLQ (LOQ0.05)

BLQ (LOQ0.05)

BLQ (LOQ0.05)

BLQ (LOQ0.05)

BLQ (LOQ0.05)

BLQ (LOQ0.05)

CO (mg/m3) Avg. 4(1hour) 0.53 0.48 0.51 0.67 0.55 0.42 0.57 0.59

O3 (μg/m3) Avg. 180(1hour)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

NH3 (μg/m3) Avg. 400 (24hours)

BLQ (LOQ5)

BLQ (LOQ5)

BLQ (LOQ5)

BLQ (LOQ5)

BLQ (LOQ5)

BLQ (LOQ5)

BLQ (LOQ5)

BLQ (LOQ5)

Benzene (μg/m3) Avg. 5 BLQ (LOQ BLQ (LOQ BLQ (LOQ BLQ (LOQ BLQ (LOQ BLQ (LOQ BLQ (LOQ BLQ (LOQ


Page 120 of 261

Parameters Conc.NAAQStanda

rds

LocationsA1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

ProjectSite

ManikNagar

Dhumansur Homnabad Hankuni Basantpur

a Mastapura Rajeshwar(Annual

)1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)

Benzo (a) pyrene,(ng/m3) Avg.

1(Annual

)BLQ (LOQ

1)BLQ (LOQ

1)BLQ (LOQ

1)BLQ (LOQ

1)BLQ (LOQ

1)BLQ (LOQ

1)BLQ (LOQ

1)BLQ (LOQ

1)

Arsenic (ng/ m3) Avg.6

(Annual)

BLQ (LOQ2)

BLQ (LOQ2)

BLQ (LOQ2)

BLQ (LOQ2)

BLQ (LOQ2)

BLQ (LOQ2)

BLQ (LOQ2)

BLQ (LOQ2)

Nickel (ng/m3) Avg.20

(Annual)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

BLQ (LOQ10)

Volatile OrganicCompounds(ppm)

Avg. - 4.4 2.1 2.8 3.2 1.7 1.4 3.7 2.5

Chlorine(µg/m3) Avg. - BLQ (LOQ

145)BLQ (LOQ

145)BLQ (LOQ

145)BLQ (LOQ

145)BLQ (LOQ

145)BLQ (LOQ

145)BLQ (LOQ

145)BLQ (LOQ

145)HCl(µg/m3) Avg. - BLQ (LOQ

140)BLQ (LOQ

140)BLQ (LOQ

140)BLQ (LOQ

140)BLQ (LOQ

140)BLQ (LOQ

140)BLQ (LOQ

140)BLQ (LOQ

140)HBr(µg/m3) Avg. - BLQ (LOQ

35)BLQ (LOQ

35)BLQ (LOQ

35)BLQ (LOQ

35)BLQ (LOQ

35)BLQ (LOQ

35)BLQ (LOQ

35)BLQ (LOQ

35)Hydrogen sulphide(µg/m3) Avg. - BLQ (LOQ

6)BLQ (LOQ

6)BLQ (LOQ

6)BLQ (LOQ

6)BLQ (LOQ

6)BLQ (LOQ

6)BLQ (LOQ

6)BLQ (LOQ

6)Hydrogen fluoride(µg/m3) Avg. - BLQ (LOQ

350)BLQ (LOQ

350)BLQ (LOQ

350)BLQ (LOQ

350)BLQ (LOQ

350)BLQ (LOQ

350)BLQ (LOQ

350)BLQ (LOQ

350)Note: BDL (Below Detection Limit), DL (Detection Limit)


Page 121 of 261

Figure 3-22 Trends of Measured Ambient Air Pollutants Concentrations in the StudyArea

3.7.2.4 Results and DiscussionsMaximum concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3 , NH3 , C6H6, C20H12, As,Ni,

are well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and

Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the study period.The ambient air quality

has been monitored at 8 locations and 12 parameters are compared to standards as per

NAAQS, 2009 within the study area. The baseline average values ranges were PM10(51.67 -

66.89 µg/m³), PM2.5 (23.74 – 32.65 µg/m³), SO2 (13.52 – 16.23 µg/m³), NO2 (25.84 – 31.34

µg/m³), CO (0.42 - 0.67 mg/m3). All the parameters are well within the National Ambient Air

Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all monitoring locations

during the study period from September 2018 to November 2018.

3.8 Noise Environment

The prevailing ambient noise level at a particular location is nothing but the resultant (total) ofall kinds of noise sources existing at various distances around that location. The ambientnoise level at a location varies continuously depending on the type of surrounding activities.

Ambient noise levels were established by monitoring noise levels at Eight (08) locations in and

around 10 Km distance from project area during, the study period using precision noise level

meter. The noise monitoring locations in the study area were selected after giving due

consideration to the various land use categories. The land use categories include commercial,

residential, rural and sensitive areas. Noise levels were recorded on an hourly basis for one

complete day at each location using pre- calibrated noise level meter. A map showing the

noise monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-23.


Page 122 of 261

Figure 3-23 Map showing the noise monitoring locations


Page 123 of 261

3.8.1 Results and DiscussionsBased on the recorded hourly noise levels at each monitoring location, the day equivalent (Ld)

and night equivalent (Ln) were calculated;

Ld: Average noise levels between 6:00 hours to 22.00 hours.

Ln: Average noise levels between 22:00 hours to 6.00 hours.

The comparison of day equivalent noise levels (Ld) and night equivalent noise levels (Ln) with

the respective CPCB stipulated noise standards for various land use categories are shown in

the Table 3-9.

Table 3-9 Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels

S.No Location Locatio

n Code

Distance(km) from

Projectboundary

AzimuthDirection

Noise level indB(A) Leq

CPCBStandard Environmen

tal SettingDay Night Lday(Ld)

LNight(Ln)

1 Project Site N1 Within Site 73.2 68.6 75 70 Industrial

2 ManikNagar N3 3.11 NE 58.5 47.3 55 45 Residential

3 Dhumansur N2 4.49 NE 56.4 48.1 55 45 Residential4 Humnabad N4 3.89 ENE 66.7 59.4 65 55 Commercial5 Hankuni N5 6.88 SE 62.5 58.3 55 45 Residential6 Basantpura N6 2.09 SW 55.8 45.7 55 45 Residential7 Mastapura N7 5.41 SW 57.3 42.1 55 45 Residential8 Rajeshwar N8 6.5 NW 52.2 48.5 55 45 Residential

3.8.2 Observations

In Industrial areas day time noise level was about 73.2 dB(A) and 68.6 dB(A) during

night time, which is within prescribed limit by CPCB (75 dB(A) Day time & 70 dB(A)

Night time) .

In Commercial areas day time noise level was about 67.2 dB(A) and night time noise

level was about 52.9 dB(A). The field observations during the study period indicate that

the ambient noise levels in commercial area is exceeding the prescribed limit by CPCB

(65 dB(A) Day time & 55 dB(A) Night time).

In residential areas day time noise levels varied from 52.7 dB(A) to 56.5 dB(A) and

night time noise levels varied from 42.9 dB(A) to 44.6 dB(A) across the sampling

stations. The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise


Page 124 of 261

levels in some residential area is exceeding the prescribed limit by CPCB (55 dB(A)

Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time).

3.9 Water Environment

3.9.1 Surface Water ResourcesThe district has two river basins, the Godavari and the Krishna. Major parts of

the district are covered by Godavari basin, drained by its two major tributaries the Manjra and

the Karanja Rivers. The Godavari basin extends to over 4,411 Km2 of which Manjra covers up

to 1,989 Km2 and Karanja up to 2,422 Km2. The Manjra river is perennial river flows over a

distance of 155 Km in the central part of the district and flows in eastern direction with a

meandering course. Mainly the source of water in the region is from the groundwater. There

are only few water bodies within the study area. There is no perennial river flowing within the

study area.

3.9.2 Surface Water Quality AssessmentTo establish the baseline status of water environment, the existing representative sampling

locations for surface water within a radial distance of 10Km from project site have been

selected as per CPCB guidelines of water quality monitoring through an adequate survey of

the project area. Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters are given in

Table 3-10.

Table 3-10: Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parametersS. No Parameter Measured Test Method

1 pH (at 25°C) IS:3025 (Part - 11): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)2 Electrical Conductivity IS:3025 (Part - 14): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)3 Color IS:3025 (Part- 4) 1983 (Reaff 2006)4 Total Hardness as CaCO3 IS:3025 (Part - 21) 1983 (Reaff 2006)5 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 IS:3025,1 (Part - 23) 1986 (Reaff 2009)6 Cadmium IS:3025 (Part 41) 19917 Chloride as Cl IS:3025 (Part - 32) 1988(Reaff 2009)8 Total Dissolved Solids IS:3025:1(Part - 16) 1984 (Reaff 2006)9 Aluminium as Al IS:3025 (Part - 55) 2003 (Reaff 2009)10 Chromium as Cr IS:3025 (Part - 52) 2003 (Reaff 2009)11 Lead as Pb IS:3025 (Part - 47) 1994 (Reaff 2009)12 Zinc as Zn IS:3025 (Part - 49) 1994 (Reaff 2009)13 Sodium as Na IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006)14 Temperature IS:3025 (Part - 9) 1983 (Reaff 2006)15 Chemical oxygen demand as O2 IS:3025 (Part-58)-200616 Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l) IS:3025 (Part - 38)1989 (Reaff 2009)17 Salinity -


Page 125 of 261

S. No Parameter Measured Test Method18 Copper as Cu IS:3025 (Part - 42)1992 (Reaff: 2009)19 BOD,5 days @200C as O2 5210B APHA22nd Edn 2012

Table 3-11Surface water Standards

S.No Parameters Unit A B C D E1 Colour Hazen 10 300 300 --- ---2 Turbidity NTU --- --- --- --- ---3 pH -- 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.54 Conductivity µS/cm --- --- --- 1000 2250

5 Total DissolvedSolids mg/l 500 --- 1500 --- 2100

6 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l --- --- --- --- ---

7 Total Hardness asCaCo3

mg/l 300 --- --- --- ---

8 Calcium as Ca mg/l 80.10 --- --- --- ---9 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 24.28 --- --- --- ---10 Sodium mg/l --- --- --- --- ---11 Potassium mg/l --- --- --- --- ---12 Chloride as Cl mg/l 250 --- 600 --- 60013 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 400 --- 400 --- 100014 Phosphate mg/l --- --- --- --- ---15 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 20 --- 50 --- ---16 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 --- ---17 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 --- ---18 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 0.2 0.2 --- ---19 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 --- 0.01 --- ---20 Chromium, Total mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 --- ---21 Copper mg/l 1.5 --- 1.5 --- ---22 Iron mg/l 0.3 --- 50 --- ---23 Lead mg/l 0.1 --- 0.1 --- ---24 Zinc mg/l 15 --- 15 --- ---25 Manganese mg/l 0.5 --- --- --- ---

26 Selenium mg/l 0.01 --- 0.05 --- ---27 Mercury mg/l 0.001 --- --- --- ---28 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6 5 4 4 ---29 COD mg/l --- --- --- --- ---30 BOD mg/l 2 3 3 --- ---


Page 126 of 261

Class A – Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfection.Class B –Water for outdoor bathing.Class C – Drinking water with conventional treatment followed by disinfection.Class D – Water for fish culture and wild life propagation.Class E – Water for irrigation, industrial cooling and controlled waste disposal

The prevailing status of water quality at Eight (08) sampling locations for surface water were

assessed during the study period are presented in Table 3-12. Surface water quality results

are provided in Table 3-13. map showing the surface water monitoring locations is given as

Figure 3-24.Table 3-12 Surface water sampling locations

S.No Name of the Water body Distance from project boundary Direction from projectboundary

1 Kankatta Pond 8.39 N2 Dhumansur Tanda Lake 5.88 NNE3 Chandri Halla (u/s) 1.97 N4 Chandra Halli (d/s) 2.88 NE5 Vanjre 1.56 ESE6 Kattalli Pond 4.68 SE7 Hallikhed K Lake 8.14 SSW8 Mullahmari Reservoir 9.25 WSW


Page 127 of 261

Figure 3-24 Map showing the surface water monitoring locations


Page 128 of 261

Table 3-13 Surface Water Monitoring Results

S.No Name of theparameter Units Kankatta

PondDhumansu

r TandaLake

ChandriHalli (u/s)

ChandriHalli (d/s) Vanjre Kattalli

PondHallikhed

LakeMullahmariReservoir

1 pH at 25°C - 6.84 7.72 7.15 7.43 7.86 7.62 7.53 7.242 Turbidity NTU 6 13 10 16 21 19 11 9

3 Total SuspendedSolids mg/l 13 23 21 35 47 39 24 17

4 ElectricalConductivity@25◦C

µmhos/cm 276 489 342 425 569 627 435 753

5 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 176 324 209 287 354 403 289 467

6 Total Alkalinity asCaCO3 mg/l 89.3 159.8 103.3 123.8 132.0 189.3 137.7 255.7

7 Total Hardness asCaCO3 mg/l 90.3 188.1 116.5 140.5 216.7 203.0 151.3 245.3

8 Sodium as Na mg/l 7 12 8 19 29 20 10 229 Potassium as K mg/l 1.1 1.8 1.4 2.6 3.1 2.4 1.7 5

10 Calcium as Ca mg/l 20 40 28 32 48 44 36 5411 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 9.8 21.4 11.3 14.7 23.5 22.6 14.9 26.812 Chloride as Cl mg/l 15.67 25.47 17.63 37.2 63.74 42.19 28.4 24.213 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 5.52 17.03 8.63 20.26 13.49 28.28 19.6 10.214 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 1.8 2.1 1.3 1.6 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.115 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.28 0.34 0.31 0.37 0.24 0.29 0.22 0.32

16 Cyanide mg/l BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

17 Arsenic mg/l BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

18 Cadmium mg/l BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

19 Chromium mg/l BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)


Page 129 of 261

S.No Name of theparameter Units Kankatta

PondDhumansu

r TandaLake

ChandriHalli (u/s)

ChandriHalli (d/s) Vanjre Kattalli

PondHallikhed

LakeMullahmariReservoir

20 Copper mg/l BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

21 Lead mg/l BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

22 Manganese mg/l BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

23 Mercury mg/l BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

24 Nickel mg/l BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

25 Selenium mg/l BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

26 Zinc mg/l BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

27 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.4 5.5 5.3 5.2 5.6 5.3 5.4 5.228 COD mg/l 21 16 36 31 13 42 21 3429 BOD 3days @27°C mg/l 1.8 1.4 4.2 2.9 1.2 4.8 2.3 2.5

BDL – Below Detection Limit; DL – Detection Limit


Page 130 of 261

3.9.2.1 Results and DiscussionsSummary of analytical results

In the surface water the pH value ranges from 6.84 to 7.86. The values are within the

limits of IS 2296:1992.

The Electrical Conductivity (EC) of the collected surface water ranges from 276 µS/cm

to 753 µS/cm.

The chloride content in the collected surface water ranges from 15.67 mg/l to 63.74

mg/l.

The sulphate content in the collected surface water sample ranges from 5.52 mg/l to

28.28 mg/l.

The Total hardness of the collected surface water sample ranges from 90.3 mg/l to

245.3 mg/l.

The analyzed surface water sample results were compared with IS 2296:1992

3.9.3 Ground water resourcesThe resource estimation and categorization is carried out as per the recommendations of

‘Ground Water Resources Estimation Methodology - 97 (GEM-97) considering water shed as

a unit. Water shed and hydrological boundaries do not match with the administrative

boundaries. As a result different parts of taluk fall indifferent watersheds having different

stages of ground water development and categorization. Pro-rata approach to consolidate the

watershed data into Taluk wise data gives only details on ground water resource, draft, and

additional irrigation potential. Pro rata approach cannot be applied for taluk, as a unit, as far as

stage of development and categorization is concerned. It is observed that Aurad and

Humanabad taluks are completely under safe category. 88% of Bhalki and 91% of

Basavakalyan taluks are safe and 79% of Bidar taluk is safe while rest of 21% comes under

over exploited area. No area comes under the category of semi-critical. The overall stage of

groundwater development in the district has reached 56.68%. Thus regionally the situation

appears to be quite good, however few areas of the district have attained overexploited stage.

In such areas site specific recharge structures coupled with water conservation measures are

the need of the hour.

The groundwater potential of the gross geographical area of the basin is estimated on pro-rata

basis from the district-wise groundwater resources-2008 published by the Central

Groundwater Board (CGWB) as given in Table 3-14. Status of Ground Water Utilisation of

Bidar District is given in Figure 3-25 and ground water depth levels of the district is given in

Figure 3-27.


Page 131 of 261

Table 3-14 Groundwater Potential in Humnabad Taluk as on 31st march 2009

Attribute Potential /QuantityNet Annual groundwater availability 2386 hamExisting Gross Ground Water Draft For Irrigation 1012 hamExisting Gross Ground Water Draft For Domestic And Industrial Water Supply 152 hamExisting Gross Ground Water Draft For All Uses 1165 hamNet Ground Water Availability For Future Irrigation Development 1188 hamExisting Stage Of Ground Water Development 49%Status Safe

Figure 3-25: Status of Ground Water Utilisation of Bidar District

Source: District-wise groundwater resources-2008 published by the Central Groundwater Board

(CGWB)


Page 132 of 261

Figure 3-26 Ground water depth levels of the district

3.9.3.1 Ground water QualityMainly the source of water in the region is from the groundwater and there are no Major riverscrossing within the study area. Total Eight (8) ground water monitoring locations wereidentified for assessment in different villages around the project site based on the usage ofsub surface water by the settlements/ villages in the study area. The groundwater results arecompared with the desirable and permissible water quality standards of IS: 10500 (2012) fordrinking water. Groundwater quality monitoring locations and results are given in Table 3-15and Table 3-16 . A map showing the ground water monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-28.

Table 3-15 Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations

Station Code Location Distance (km) from Project boundary Azimuth DirectionsGW1 Project Site Within Site --GW2 Manik Nagar 3.11 NEGW3 Dhumansur 4.49 NEGW4 Humnabad 3.89 ENEGW5 Hankuni 6.88 SEGW6 Basantpura 2.09 SWGW7 Mustapura 5.41 SWGW8 Rajeshwar 6.50 NW


Page 133 of 261

Figure 3-27 Map showing the ground water monitoring locations


Page 134 of 261

Table 3-16: Ground Water Monitoring Results

S.No Parameters UnitIS

10500:2012Acceptable

Limit

Projectsite

ManikNagar Dhumansur Homnabad Hankuni Basantpura Mastapura Rajeshwar

1 Colour Hazen 5 BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

2 pH - 6.5 to 8.5 7.12 7.38 7.39 7.43 7.58 8.09 7.63 6.86

3 Turbidity NTU 1 BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

4TotalSuspendedSolids

mg/l - BLQ(LOQ1)

BLQ(LOQ1) BLQ(LOQ 1) BLQ(LOQ

1)BLQ(LOQ

1)BLQ(LOQ

1)BLQ(LOQ

1)BLQ(LOQ

1)

5ElectricalConductivity25◦C

µmhos/cm - 562 1261 994 1467 438 653 1216 342

6TotalDissolvedSolids

mg/l 500 360 859 672 974 285 417 815 212

7TotalAlkalinity asCaCO3

mg/l 200 162 316 224 257 137 165 241 97

8TotalHardness asCaCO3

mg/l 200 215 450 376 513 141 249 474 117

9 Sodium asNa mg/l - 18 72 67 117 15 31 83 11

10 Potassium ask mg/l - 2 9 5 6 1 3 4 1

11 Calcium asCa mg/l 75 48 105 87.26 124.3 31 52 111.84 29


Page 135 of 261

12 Magnesiumas Mg mg/l 30 23 45.6 38.4 49.1 15.4 29 47.3 10.8

13 Chlorides asCl- mg/l 250 37.62 151.34 133.62 251.62 31.52 63.76 176.15 24.7

14 Sulphate(SO4) mg/l 200 21.46 68.59 49.17 89.14 14.16 24.31 76.81 9.56

15 Nitrates(NO3) mg/l 45 1.9 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.4 1.6 3.2 1.317 Fluoride as F mg/l 1 0.27 0.31 0.71 0.24 0.53 0.39 0.32 0.22

18 Arsenic mg/l 0.01 BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

19 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

20 Cadmium mg/l 0.003 BQL(LOQ0.001)

BQL(LOQ0.001)

BQL(LOQ0.001)

BQL(LOQ0.001)

BQL(LOQ0.001)

BQL(LOQ0.001)

BQL(LOQ0.001)

BQL(LOQ0.001)

21 Chromium mg/l 0.05 BQL(LOQ0.01)

BQL(LOQ0.01)

BQL(LOQ0.01)

BQL(LOQ0.01)

BQL(LOQ0.01)

BQL(LOQ0.01)

BQL(LOQ0.01)

BQL(LOQ0.01)

22 Copper mg/l 0.05 BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

23 Lead mg/l 0.01 BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

24 Manganese mg/l 0.1 BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

25 Mercury mg/l 0.001 BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

26 Nickel mg/l 0.02 BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

27 Selenium mg/l 0.01 BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BDL – Below Detection Limit; DL – Detection Limit


Page 136 of 261

3.9.3.2 Results and DiscussionsA summary of analytical results are presented below:

The ground water results of the study area indicate that the pH range varies between 6.86

and 8.09. It is observed that the pH range is within the limit of IS 10500:2012.

The Total Dissolved Solids range is varied between 212 mg/l – 974 mg/l for the ground

water. All the samples are well within the permissible limit of IS 10500: 2012.

The acceptable limit of the chloride content is 250 mg/l and permissible limit is 1000 mg/l.

The chloride content in the ground water for study area ranges between 24.7 mg/l –

251.62 mg/l. It is observed that all are well within the permissible limit of IS 10500:2012.

The desirable limit of the sulphate content is 200 mg/l and permissible limit is 400 mg/l. the

sulphate content of the ground water of the study area is varied between 9.56 mg/l – 89.14

mg/l. It is observed that all the samples are within the permissible limit of the IS 10500:

2012.

The Total hardness ranges is between 117 mg/l – 513 mg/l for ground water samples. It is

observed that Total hardness in all the samples are within the permissible limit of IS

10500: 2012.

Based on the observation, ground water samples collected at all the locations are meeting

IS 10500:2012 and can be used for drinking.

3.10 Soil as a Resource and its Quality

Two types of soils founds in the district are Lateritic red soil and black cotton soil. Aurad and

Bhalki taluks have mainly black cotton soil. Bidar and Humnabad taluks have mainly lateritic

red soil. Basavakalyan taluk has both types of soils. The predominant soils in the study area

were Lateritic soils are paleto bright red in colour and clay to clayey loam in nature.

3.10.1 Soil qualityIn order to assess the quality of soil at different locations in the study area, various land use

categories were taken into account. Soil sampling was carried out at Eight (08) locations in the

study area. Soil analysis was carried out as per IS: 2720 methods. Soil quality monitoring

locations & results are given in Table 3-17 & Table 3-18 respectively. Map showing the soil

monitoring locations is given as Figure 3-28.


Page 137 of 261

Table 3-17 Soil Quality Monitoring LocationsLocation Code Location Distance (Km) w.r.t project site Direction w.r.t. project site

S1 Project Site Within SiteS2 Manik Nagar 3.11 NES3 Dhumansur 4.49 NES4 Homnabad 3.89 ENES5 Hankuni 6.88 SES6 Basantpura 2.09 SWS7 Mastapura 5.41 SWS8 Rajeshwar 6.5 NW


Page 138 of 261

Figure 3-28 Map showing the soil monitoring locations


Page 139 of 261

Table 3-18 Soil Quality Monitoring Results

S.No Parameters Units Project Site ManikNagar Dhumansur Homnabad Hankuni Basantpura Mastapura Rajeshwar

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 Soil Texture - Sandy ClayLoam

Sandy ClayLoam Sandy Clay Sandy Clay

Loam Clay Sandy Clay Clay Loam Clay

2 Sand % 58.51 51.36 45.72 55.62 26.51 49.28 44.11 40.193 Silt % 15.38 18.17 14.18 13.84 12.34 13.1 22.67 11.844 Clay % 26.11 30.47 40.1 30.54 61.15 37.62 33.22 47.975 pH - 7.57 7.16 7.31 7.19 7.43 7.22 7.09 7.76

6 ElectricalConductivity µmhos/cm 68.4 73.6 94.3 77.3 81.4 71.8 75.6 102.3

7 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.23 1.27 1.31 1.36 1.19 1.25 1.29 1.338 Moisture content % 5.92 3.85 4.51 8.36 4.13 6.57 3.49 5.08

9 Water HoldingCapacity % 21.53 26.84 22.67 20.6 23.72 24.97 22.08 23.63

10 Organic Carbon % 1.07 1.19 1.46 1.13 1.32 1.22 1.36 1.5111 Organic matter % 1.84 2.05 2.52 1.95 2.28 2.10 2.34 2.6012 Nitrogen as N kg/ha 782 691 394 843 716 489 753 26713 Phosphorus kg/ha 28.34 10.19 14.89 9.56 13.39 23.67 11.48 18.6314 Potassium kg/ha 203 357 395 326 231 183 269 38215 Calcium mg/kg 86 45 39 77 82 85 37 4316 Boron mg/kg BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1)

17 Cadmium mg/kg BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

Note: BDL – Below Detectable Limit; DL – Detectable Limit; BLQ – Below Limit of Quantification; LOQ – Limit of Quantification.


Page 140 of 261

3.10.2 Results and DiscussionsA summary of analytical results are presented below:

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.09 - 7.76, which indicates collected soilsamples are neutral to slightly alkaline in nature.

As the EC (68.4 - 102.3 μmhos/cm.) value is less than 2000 μmhos/cm, the collectedsoil sample is found to be non-saline in nature.

The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 20.6 – 26.84 (%). Nitrogen content ranged from 267 kg/ha to 843 kg/ha. Phosphorous ranged from 9.56 kg/ha to 28.34 kg/ha. Potassium content ranges from 183 to 395 kg/ha

3.11 Biological Environment

Study of biological environment is one of the most important aspects for Environmental ImpactAssessment, in view of the need for conservation ofenvironmental quality and biodiversity.

Generally, biological communities are the good indicators of climatic and edaphic factors.Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in environmental impactassessment for safety of natural flora and fauna information on the impact of environmentalstress on community structure serves as an inexpensive and efficient early warning system tocheck the damage to a particular ecosystem. The biological environment includes mainlyterrestrial ecosystem and aquatic ecosystem.

The study of terrestrial ecology within the study area of 10Km radius has been carried out

through field investigation as well as Secondary data collected.

3.11.1 FloraThis section describes terrestrial ecology of the area based on reconnaissance survey and

information gathered from secondary data available for the area. List of flora

reported/observed in the study area is given in Table 3-19.

Table 3-19 List of Flora Observed in the Study Area

S.No Species Botanical Name Family Name Common Name IUCNstatus

1 Herbs Aconitum heterophyllum Ranunculacea Indian Atees NA2 Herbs Adenanthera pavonina Fabales Manjadi NA3 Herbs Adina cordifolia Rubiaceae Kadam NA4 Grass Arundinarea aristida Poaceae Giant Cane NA5 Tree Acacia catechu Fabaceae Arabic Gum NA6 Tree Acacia farnesiana Mimosaceae Mimosa NA7 Tree Aesuclus indica Sapindaceae Indian Horse Chestnut NA8 Tree Alamgium lamarckii Alangiaceae Akola NA9 Tree Alstonia scholaris Apocynaceae Blackboard Tree, Devil Tree LC

10 Tree Annona squamosa Annonaceae Sitaphala NA11 Tree Anthocephalus cadamba Rubiaceae Burflower-Tree, Laran NA12 Tree Anthocephalus parviflora Malvaceae Rungia Parviflora NA


Page 141 of 261

13 Tree Antiaris toxicaria Moraceae Bark Cloth Tree NA14 Tree Aquilaria agallocha Thymelaceae Garwood, Aloeswood, NA15 Tree Artocarpus hirsuta Moraceae Aini, Aini-Maram, Aani NA16 Tree Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Bevu LC17 Tree Bassia latifolia Sapotaceae Indian Butter Tree NA18 Tree Bauhinia racemosa Fabaceae Achalu NA19 Tree Bauhinia variegata Fabales Kachnar, Orchid Tree LC20 Tree Bridelia retusa Phyllanthaceae Spinous Kino Tree NA21 Tree Calotropis gigantea Phyllanthaceae Crown Flower NA22 Tree Canarium strictum Burseraceae Black Dammar NA23 Tree Careya arborea Lecythidaceae Kumbhi NA24 Tree Carissa carandas Apocynaceae Karanda NA25 Tree Cassia auriculata Fabaceae Matura Tea Tree NA26 Tree Cassia grandis Fabaceae Coral Shower Tree NA27 Tree Cassia marginata Fabaceae Golden Rain Tree NA28 Tree Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarinaceae Coast Sheoak NA29 Tree Cinnamomum camphora Lauraceae Camphor Tree NA30 Tree Citrus aurantium Rutaceae Bigarade Orange NA

31 Tree Cochlospermumgossypium

cochlospermaceae Buttercup Tree NA

32 Tree Delonix regia Fabaceae Flamboyan LC33 Tree Diospyrose benum Ebenaceae Indian Ebony NA34 Tree Emblica officinalis Phyllanthaceae Indian Gooseberry NA35 Tree Euphorbia nerifolia Euphorbiaceae Indian Spurge Tree NA36 Tree Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Banyan NA37 Tree Ficus carica Moraceae Anjeer NA38 Tree Ficus gibbosa Moraceae Weeping Fig NA39 Tree Ficus glornerata Moraceae Cluster Fig Tree NA40 Tree Ficus religiosa Moraceae Peepal Tree NA41 Tree Ficus tomentosa Moraceae Itchi NA42 Tree Garcina morella Clusiaceae Indian Gamboge Tree NA43 Tree Garcinia cambogia Clusiaceae Tamarind NA44 Tree Gardenia latifolia Rubiaceae Indian Boxwood NA45 Tree Gelonium lanceolatum Euphorbiaceae South Indian Suregada NA46 Tree Helicteres isora Malvaceae East-Indian screw tree NA

47 Tree Holarrhenaantidysenterica Apocynaceae Kurchi NA

48 Tree Hopea parviflora Dipterocarpaceae Canopy Trees LC49 Tree Hydnocarpus wightiana Achariaceae Chaulmoogra NA50 Tree Ixora parviflora Rubiaceae Ixora NA51 Tree Jatropha curcas Euphorbiaceae Physic Nut NA52 Tree Millingtonia hortensis Bignoniaceae Indian cork tree NA53 Tree Ochlandra Poaceae Ochlandra travancorica NA54 Tree Oroxylum indicum Bignoniaceae Trumpet Flower NA55 Tree Pterospermum Sterculiaceae Kanak Champa NA


Page 142 of 261

acerifolium56 Tree Sapindus trifoliatus Sapindaceae South India Soapnut NA57 Tree Saraca indica Fabaceae Ashoka NA58 Tree Sesbania grandiflora Fabaceae Hummingbird Tree NA59 Tree Spondias mangifera Anacardiaceae Mombins NA60 Tree Strychnos nux-vomica Loganiaceae Strychnine Tree NA61 Tree Terminalia paniculata Combretaceae Kindal Tree NA62 Tree Terrninalia chebula Combretaceae Black- Or Chebulic Myrobalan NA63 Tree Tetrameles nudiflora Tetramelaceae Angkor, Cambodia LC64 Tree Toddalia asiatica Rutaceae Orange Climber NA65 Tree Trewia nudiflora Euphorbiaceae False White Teak NA66 Tree Ziziphus jujuba Rhamnaceae Jujube NA67 Climbers Ampelocissus latifolia Wild grape Bedasatiga, Bedalatiga NA68 Climbers Argyreia nervosa Elephant creeper Samudrapala NA69 Climbers Bauhinia vahlii Maloo creeper Madapu NA70 Climbers Cissus quadrangularis Veldt grape Gudametige NA71 Climbers Cucumis melo Melon Mulam pandu NA72 Climbers Ipomoea sepiaria Purple heart glory Mettatuti NA73 Climbers Pergularia daemia Pergularia Jittupaku, Dushtupatige NA

74 Climbers Rivea hypocrateriformis Midnaporecreeper Nirubodi NA

75 Climbers Tinospora cordifolia Giloy Tippatiga, Somida NA

76 Climbers Tylophora indica Indianipecackanha Mekkanatinnana aku NA

77 Shrubs Abutilon indicum Indian Mallow Tuturabenda NA78 Shrubs Ageratum conyzoides Goat weed Pumpillu NA79 Shrubs Allophylus cobbe Indian Allophylus Erra avalu NA80 Shrubs Anisomeles malabarica Malabar Catmint Mahaveera NA81 Shrubs Breynia vitis-ideaea Phyllanthaceae Erra-balli NA82 Shrubs Bridelia montana Pantangi, Panchavoni NA83 Shrubs Calotropis gigantea Crown Flower Jilledu NA

84 Shrubs Calycopteris floribunda Paper flowerclimber

Bonta teega, Adavi jama,Pottengi NA

85 Shrubs Carissa carandas Karanda Kalivi NA86 Shrubs Carissa spinarum Wild Karanda Vaka NA87 Shrubs Cissus quadrangularis Devil's Backbone Gudametige NA88 Shrubs Cleistanthus collinus Garari Kodisha NA89 Shrubs Dichrostachys cinerea Sickle Bush Velthuru NA90 Shrubs Dodonaea viscosa Hop Bush Puli-vailu, Bandam NA91 Shrubs Drypetes sepiaria Wild Caper Bush Bira NA

92 Shrubs Erythroxylummonogynum Red Cedar Deva Dharu, Pagadamu

chettu NA

93 Shrubs Euphorbia antiquorum Square MilkHedge Bomma Jemmudu NA

94 Shrubs Euphorbia nivulia Leafy Milk Hedge Jemmudu NA95 Shrubs Euphorbia tirucalli Round Milk Hedge Manchi Jemmudu NA


Page 143 of 261

96 Shrubs Gardenia gummifera Cambi gum tree, Bikki NA97 Shrubs Holarrhena pubescens Indrajao Tedla pala NA98 Shrubs Jatropha curcas Physic Nut Nepalamu NA

99 Shrubs Maytenus emarginatus Notched LeafSoapnut Kukudu-kayalu NA

100 Shrubs Senna auriculata Tanner's Cassia Tagedu NA101 Shrubs Woodfordia fruticosa Red Bell Bush Jargi, Seringi, Jaji NA

LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed, DD -Data Deficient, VU-

Vulnerable

3.11.2 FaunaNo notified wildlife sanctuaries are situated within the study area. No rare or endangered

faunal species are found in the project site as well as study area.

3.11.3 MammalsDuring the preliminary survey, the sighting of wild animals was negligible in the entire study

area. Hence the assessment of wild life fauna has been carried out on the basis of information

collected from the secondary sources. The study area has mammals like domestic Cows(

Hallikar, Deoni,Krishna valle, Malnad gidda,) Domestic Buffelow ( Surthi, Murrah &Meahsani,)

and Domesticated sheeps(Badur & Deccani) are available. List of of Mammals are observed

in the study area is given in Table 3-20. List of Reptiles are provided in Table 3-21 and List of

Amphibians Reported/Observed in the Study Area are given in Table 3-22.

Table 3-20 List of Mammals Reported/Observed in the Study Area

S.No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name IUCNstatus

1 Axis axis Hystricidae Chital LC2 Canis aureus Canidae Jackals LC3 Funambulus pennantii Sciuridae Three Striped Squirrel LC4 Herpestes edwardii Herpestidae Common Mongoose NA5 Lapus nigricallis Leporidae Indian Hare LC6 Presbytis phayrei Cercopithecidae Monkey NA7 Rattus rattus Muridae Rat NA8 Rhinolopus spp. Rhinolophidae Bat NA9 Sus scrofa Suidae Indian Wild Boar (Wild Pig) LC

10 Vulpes vulpes Canidae Fox LCLC- Least Concern ,NA-Not yet assessed


Page 144 of 261

Table 3-21 List of Reptiles Reported/Observed in the Study Area

LC- Least Concern, NA-Not Yet Assessed

Table 3-22 List of Amphibians Reported/Observed in the Study Area

LC- Least Concern, NA-Not yet assessed

3.11.4 BirdsBirds observed in the study area are given in Table 3-23.

Table 3-23 List of Birds Observed in the Study AreaS.No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name IUCN status

1 Ardea cinerea Ardeidae Grey Heron LC2 Ardeola grayii Ardeidae Pond Heron/Paddy Bird LC3 Charadrius dubius Charadriidae Little Ringed Plover LC4 Hydrophasianus chirurgus Jacanidae Pheasant-tailed Jacana LC5 Tringa glareola Scolopacidae Spotted Sandpiper LC6 Corvus brachyrhynchos Corvidae Common crow NA7 Pycnonotus cafer Pycnonotidae Pigli-pitta LC8 Dicrurus macrocercus Dicruridae Black drongo LC9 Columba livia Columbidae Nalla Pavuram LC

10 Merops orientalis Meropidae Chinna passeriki LC11 Accipiter badius Accipitridae Jaali dega LC12 Elanus caeruleus Accipitridae Adavi Ramadasu LC13 Haliastur indus Accipitridae Bapana Gadda LC14 Milvus migrans Accipitridae Mala Gadda LC15 Aegithina tiphia Aegithinidae Patsu Jitta LC16 Alauda gulgula Alaudidae Nelapichuka LC17 Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae Myna LC18 Saxicola caprata Muscicapidae Kampa Nallanchi LC19 Athene brama Strigidae Pagati Kante LC20 Psittacula krameri Psittaculidae Chiluka LC21 Coturnix coromandelica Phasianidae Ellanchi LC22 Nectarinia asiatica Nectariniidae Thene Pitta LC

S. No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name IUCN status1 Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait Katla pamu LC2 Calotes versicolor Oriental Garden Lizard Tonda LC3 Hemidactylus brookii Spotted Indian House Gecko Nallikeechu LC4 Hemidactylus flaviviridis House Gecko Balli LC5 Varanus bengalensis Common Indian monitor Udumu LC6 Ptyas mucosus Colubridae Rat snake NA7 Nerodia sipedon Colubridae Fresh water snake LC8 Calotes versicolor Agamidae Garden lizard NA

S. No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name IUCN status1 Rana hexadactyla Dicroglossidae frog NA2 Rana tigrina Dicroglossidae Bull frog LC


Page 145 of 261

23 Alcedo atthis Alcedinidae Chinna Neela Buchigaadu LC24 Ceryle rudis Alcedinidae LC25 Halcyon smyrnensis Alcedinidae Tellachathi Buchigaadu LC26 Anhinga melanogaster Anhingidae Paamu Baathu NT27 Nycticorax nycticorax Ardeidae Chinthawaka konga LC28 Ardeola grayii Ardeidae Guddi Konga LC29 Casmerodius albus Ardeidae Pedda Tella Konga LC30 Centropus sinensis Cuculidae LC31 Passer domesticus Passeridae Pichuka LC32 Hirundo rustica Hirundinidae Vanakoyila LC

LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed, DD -Data Deficient,

VU-Vulnerable

3.12 Socio-economic profile of the Project Influence Area

Bidar district is located in the northern most tip of the State of Karnataka. The total

geographical area of the district is 5,448 sq.km. Bidar district is surrounded by Gulbarga

district to the south, Maharashtra State in the West and North. It is bounded on the East by

Telangana. The population of the district is 17,03,300 as per 2011 Census. The male

population is 8,70,665 and female population is 8,32,635.The unique feature of the district is

that there are many spoken languages and dialects. As it is close to Maharashtra and

Telangana, they speak Kannada, Hindi, Marathi, Urdu and Telugu languages.

3.12.1 Socio Economic AspectsA socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are dealing with social

and cultural conditions, and economic status in the study area. The study provides information

such as demographic structure, population dynamics, infrastructure resources, and the status

of human health and economic attributes like employment, per-capita income, agriculture,

trade, and industrial development in the study area. The study of these characteristic helps in

identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts on socio-economic and parameters of

human interest due to proposed project developments. The parameters are:

Demographic structure

Infrastructure Facility

Economic Status

Health status

Cultural attributes

Awareness and opinion of people about the project and Industries in the area. Table3-24 provides the certain important social indicators of Bidar district.


Page 146 of 261

Table 3-24: Bidar District Social Indicators

Source: Census 2011 and HDI

The district is rural in character as 75 percent of the population lives in rural areas. Agriculture

is the main contributor to the economy of the district. The district has low industrial base. A

major proportion of the area in the district is not under irrigation. The proportion of net area

irrigated to net area sown is only 14.18%.

3.12.2 Socio economic Profile of the study areaThe study area of 10 km comes under the taluks of Humnabad and basavakalayan of Bidar

district.

Demographic Profile:1. Total population is 132350

2. The study area has equal male (51.04%) and female (48.95%) population.

3. The child (0 to 6 years) population also has an equal share of male (51.90%) and

female (48.09%) population.

4. The area has 22.61% of Schedule Caste and 16.29% of Scheduled Tribe population.

5. The average size of the family is 5.5

The following Table 3-25 shows the demographic details of all the villages studied.

Table 3-25: Demographic details of all the villages in the study area

Village NameTotal

Household

Totolpopulati

onMale Femal

eBelow 6

years Male Female

ScheduledCaste

ScheduledTribe

5 KmHumnabad TalukDhumansoor 776 3875 1972 1903 508 266 242 1491 633Gadawanti 786 4194 2145 2049 572 309 263 1560 506

S.No Details Percentage1 Population growth 13.37%2 Population Density (persons per sq.km) 3133 Sex ratio ( no.of women per 1000 males) 9564 Sex ratio 0-6 years 9425 Literacy rate 70.51%6 Schedule Caste population 23.47%7 Schedule Tribe population 13.85%8 Main Workers 34.28%9 Marginal Workers 10.05%

10 Urban Population 25%11 Infant Mortality Rate 3112 Maternal Mortality Rate 13413 Institutional Delivery 98%


Page 147 of 261

Village NameTotal

Household

Totolpopulati

onMale Femal

eBelow 6

years Male Female

ScheduledCaste

ScheduledTribe

Homnabad (TMC) 7972 44483 22797 21686 6040 3130 2910 7131 2822

Kathalli 265 1443 729 714 199 108 91 663 342Maniknagar 382 2362 1402 960 287 146 141 127 352Molkhera 463 2851 1458 1393 452 224 228 886 661Basavakalyan talukYerbagh 389 2215 1133 1082 289 147 142 1016 315 to 10 KmHomnabad TalukBorampalli 179 975 469 506 107 57 50 287 133Chinkera 312 1553 790 763 208 101 107 422 718Chitkota 179 991 501 490 138 76 62 322 225Hallikhed (K) 796 4337 2219 2118 610 323 287 962 1655Hankuni 524 2668 1370 1298 450 256 194 778 463Hudgi 1765 9528 4715 4813 1249 659 590 2362 1057Hunsgera 566 3002 1554 1448 402 213 189 798 957Kallur 676 3554 1790 1764 480 247 233 1010 1170Kankatta 994 5554 2837 2717 824 420 404 1284 1093Kappargaon 454 2644 1283 1361 418 205 213 456 497Sindankera 894 4873 2504 2369 687 347 340 1181 976Walkhandi 408 2362 1177 1185 342 174 168 482 986Basavakalyan talukGhoga 150 767 397 370 127 77 50 73 612Islampur 461 2584 1307 1277 369 181 188 830 612Lingadhalli 225 1182 617 565 143 83 60 280 234Mustapur 48 271 132 139 26 18 8 106 63Pandargera 360 2243 1144 1099 338 169 169 944 786Rajeshwar 2995 16349 8348 8001 2351 1232 1119 3033 3169Sadlapur 263 1538 797 741 208 102 106 386 342Tadola 749 3952 1973 1979 687 338 349 1064 475

Total 24031 132350 67560 64790 18511 9608 8903 29934 21570

Source: 2011 Census

3.12.3 Employment and LivelihoodThe area is predominately agricultural based. Agriculture and its allied activities like cattle

rearing, agriculture products selling are their main income sources.

Of the total working population, 78.66% are the main workers as they have regular job

more than six months in a year.

Only 50.57% of working population involved in agricultural and agricultural related

occupation.


Page 148 of 261

Since the major portion of the Homnabad town comes within the 10Km radius, the

majority of the workers are non-agricultural activities The following Table 3-26 gives

Workers group distribution in the study area.

Table 3-26 Workers group distribution in the study area

VillageName

Total

Workers

Main

Workers

Agriculture WorkersMain Workers Mar

ginal

Workers

MarginalWorkersMain Workers Marginal

Workers

Cultivators

Agri.Labors

Cultivators

Agri.Labors

HouseholdInd

Others Household Ind

Others

5 KmHomnabad TalukDhumansoor 1467 1402 314 438 7 15 6 644 65 1 42

Gadawanti 1733 1568 357 724 9 80 14 473 165 1 75

Homnabad (TMC)

13111

11307 349 720 41 346 278 9960 1804 121 129

6Kathalli 528 501 106 305 3 17 0 90 27 0 7Maniknagar 633 485 77 19 15 45 6 383 148 0 88

Molkhera 1155 471 171 50 6 493 19 231 684 1 184Basavakalyan talukYerbagh 812 621 167 228 10 148 19 207 191 4 295 to 10 KmHomnabad TalukBorampalli 442 440 88 221 2 0 3 128 2 0 0

Chinkera 688 603 116 399 0 71 12 76 85 0 14Chitkota 503 199 37 116 3 238 3 43 304 1 62Hallikhed(K) 1800 949 219 293 12 627 23 414 851 29 183

Hankuni 1371 1297 284 738 0 70 39 236 74 0 4Hudgi 4007 2481 598 829 33 809 51 1003 1526 17 667Hunsgera 1374 549 43 400 19 744 4 102 825 0 62Kallur 1593 1373 413 644 1 148 10 306 220 4 67Kankatta 2168 1376 407 544 24 535 64 361 792 21 212Kappargaon 1059 1024 353 527 11 19 3 141 35 0 5

Sindankera 1826 1220 457 455 18 230 25 283 606 24 334

Walkhandi 1038 800 329 318 5 154 2 151 238 3 76

Basavakalyan taluk


Page 149 of 261

VillageName

Total

Workers

Main

Workers

Agriculture WorkersMain Workers Mar

ginal

Workers

MarginalWorkersMain Workers Marginal

Workers

Cultivators

Agri.Labors

Cultivators

Agri.Labors

HouseholdInd

Others Household Ind

Others

Ghoga 412 407 197 135 3 1 2 73 5 0 1Islampur 1068 1033 130 696 3 7 5 202 35 0 25Lingadhalli 602 568 198 75 5 10 7 288 34 0 19

Mustapur 110 51 10 11 0 54 0 30 59 1 4Pandargera 945 865 234 400 4 43 11 220 80 2 31

Rajeshwar 7032 5622 880 2115 36 410 143 248

4 1410 282 682

Sadlapur 709 705 129 391 0 2 0 185 4 0 2Tadola 1499 1166 342 470 1 275 3 351 333 13 44

Total 49685

39083 7005 12261 271 5591 752 190

651060

2 525 4215

Source: Census 2011

3.12.4 Education facilitiesThe district education development Index is 0.593 which is calculated based on access,

infrastructure, teacher ratio and outcome. The district literacy rate has increased drastically

from 20.02 (year 1971) to 71.07 (year 2011). District literacy rate is given in Table 3-27 and

graphical representation of Literacy rate of District Vs Taluk given in Figure 3-29.

Table 3-27: District literacy rate

Area /Year 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011District 20.02 26.64 45.11 60.94 71.07Humnabad 19.50 25.92 42.87 58.5 68.15Basavakalyan 17.49 25.39 42.95 59.10 68.98

Figure 3-29: Literacy rate of District Vs Taluk

20.02 26.6445.11

60.9471.07

24.93 32.5350.96

6574.51

13.63 20.6537.92

54.867.12

020406080

1971 1981 1991 2001 2011

Literacy rate- District Vs Taluk

District

Bidar Taluk

Bidar TalukFemale


Page 150 of 261

The average literacy rate of the study area is 66.68%. The following Table 3-28 shows the

literacy rate of the study area.

Table 3-28: Literacy rate of the study area

Village Name Literates Percentage5 Km

Humnabad TalukDhumansoor 2175 60.266Gadawanti 2291 58.9704Homnabad (TMC) 31301 75.69221Kathalli 883 66.14232Maniknagar 1769 79.82852Molkhera 1603 61.02018

Basavakalyan TalukYerbagh 1284 62.08897

5 to 10 KmHumnabad Taluk

Borampalli 581 63.28976Chinkera 863 59.43526Chitkota 610 66.66667Hallikhed (K) 2395 59.66617Hankuni 1239 51.36816Hudgi 5810 65.50908Hunsgera 1743 62.49552Kallur 2016 60.9616Kankatta 3162 61.5894Kappargaon 1570 64.37064Sindankera 2609 57.64472Walkhandi 1209 55.25594

Basavakalyan TalukGhoga 385 55.7971Islampur 1489 61.96421Lingadhalli 733 66.697Mustapur 181 71.5415Pandargera 1092 52.65188Rajeshwar 10039 66.40868Sadlapur 838 58.35655Tadola 1977 54.70393

Total 81847 66.68215Source: Census 2011

Schools: As per the constitution in India, all children up to the age fourteen to be given free

and compulsory education. Also through the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory

Education Act, 2009, free and compulsory education to all children of the age of six to fourteen


Page 151 of 261

years has become a right to free and compulsory education in a neighborhood school till

completion of elementary education.

The Incessant efforts taken by the Government and the department have shown the better

results like good enrollment, less dropout rate, eradication of child labour. The project area

has access to the primary education facilities. Bidar is being an urban. it housed many higher

educational institutions. The following Table 3-29 shows education infrastructures in the Study

area.

Table 3-29: Education Infrastructures in the Study area

Bloc

k

Prim

ary

Scho

ol o

nly

Pri a

nd U

pper

Prim

ary o

nly

Uppe

r Prim

ary

only

Uppe

r Pri

+Sec

onda

ry+

High

erSe

cond

ary

Pri+

UP+S

econ

dar

y UP+

Seco

ndar

y

Seco

ndar

yon

ly

HS/ J

unio

rCo

llege

Humnabad 139 229 2 0 6 4 110 30Basavakalyan 147 225 1 1 5 6 88 19

Source: DISE 2015-16

3.12.5 Health Facilities within the study areaThere are common ailments prevalent in the area like fever, diarrhea, etc. But people

complaining about other health issues like Asthma, Skin infection etc., due to the pollution.

Health Infrastructure: The project area comes under the Homnabad taluk, being Homnabad

is a town, the health care accessibility is available. The following table shows the availability

of health facilities available in the project area. The following Table 3-30 shows the details of

Health Facilties in District and Project taluks.

Table 3-30 Details of Health Facilties in District and Project taluks

Details Hospitals CommunityHealth Centre

Primary HealthCentre Sub centre Private

hospitalsDistrict 17 8 51 270 297Humnabad 4 3 10 54 50Basavakalyan 3 2 12 54 37

Source: BHO, Bidar

There are some health indicators like the Infant Mortality Rate, Child Mortality rate and

Maternal Mortality Rate which shows the health of the area.

Infant Mortality Rate: It is defined as the deaths of infants of age less than one year

per thousand live births. The IMR of Homnabad taluk is 21 and Basavakalyan is 25,

but IMR of the district is 31 (WHO European Region -10 per 1000 live births).


Page 152 of 261

Child Mortality Rate: also known as under-5 mortality or child death refers to the

death of infants and children under the age of five or between the age of one month to

four years. The CMR of the Homnabad taluk is 28 and Basavakalyan taluk is 33 and

that of the district is 35.(WHO European Region -11 per 1000 live births).

Maternal Mortality Rate: Maternal death is the death of a woman while pregnant or

within 42 days of termination of pregnancy, irrespective of the duration from any cause

related to or aggravated by the pregnancy or its management but not from accidental

or incidental causes. The MMR of the Homnabad taluk is 206 and Basavakalyan

taluk is 186 , but the district is 134.

3.12.6 Sanitation Facilities & Drinking water facilities within the Study Area

Tap water and tube wells are the main sources of drinking water. The following Table 3-31shows the drinking water from different sources and availability of toilets.


Page 153 of 261

Table 3-31: Village wise sanitation & drinking water facilities within the Study Area

Villages

Water Resources in %Toilets(%)

Tapwaterfrom

untreatedsource

Tapwaterfrom

un-treatedsource

Covered

well

Un-covered

wellHandpump

Tubewell/Borehole Spring River/

CanalTank/Pond/Lake

Othersource

s

5 KmHumnabad TalukDhumansoor 14.9 39 0.4 3.2 18.4 23.8 0 0 0 0.3 12.6Gadawanti 4.5 67.4 0.1 12.4 13.3 0.9 0.5 0 0 0.9 6.6Homnabad (TMC) 52.6 23.5 4.7 13.3 0.3 4.3 0 0 0 1.2 59Kathalli 0 99.6 0 0.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.8Maniknagar 1.4 50 4.5 34.4 0.3 5.4 0 0 0 4 42Molkhera 78.8 0.2 12.4 4.9 0 3.5 0.2 0 0 0 4.4Basavakalyan TalukYerbagh 6.3 74.6 1 0.3 0 16.8 0 0 0 1 6.35 to 10 KmHumnabad TalukBorampalli 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.8Chinkera 40.5 54.5 0.3 0 4.7 0 0 0 0 0 1.7Chitkota 0 1.1 0 0 0.6 98.3 0 0 0 0 2.3Hallikhed (K) 26.9 47.6 0.3 0 1.6 23.7 0 0 0 0 3.7Hankuni 1.3 30.5 2 28.5 8.5 19.8 0 0 0 9.4 4.1Hudgi 24.6 43.1 0.7 0 25.7 5.8 0 0 0 0.1 12.4Hunsgera 19.5 15.6 0.2 5.6 59.1 0 0 0 0 0 6.5Kallur 31.1 22.6 0.2 11.7 32.2 2.3 0 0 0 0 2.9Kankatta 50.2 26.4 0.8 6.1 8.5 1.7 0.1 0 0 6.1 7.1Kappargaon 42.3 32.3 0 0.4 7.3 11.4 0 0 0 6.2 16.9


Page 154 of 261

Villages

Water Resources in %Toilets(%)

Tapwaterfrom

untreatedsource

Tapwaterfrom

un-treatedsource

Covered

well

Un-covered

wellHandpump

Tubewell/Borehole Spring River/

CanalTank/Pond/Lake

Othersource

s

Sindankera 27.9 25.8 0.2 10.6 5.4 29.5 0.4 0 0 0.2 9Walkhandi 2.3 31.2 0.2 16.7 48.6 0.9 0 0 0 0 10.4Basavakalyan TalukGhoga 17.3 38.7 0 0 0 44 0 0 0 0 0Islampur 21.3 59 0.2 0.5 0 19 0 0 0 0 5.4Lingadhalli 0 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 0Mustapur 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 0Pandargera 0.6 13.6 0 56.5 0 29 0 0 0.3 0 0.9Rajeshwar 57 24.7 0.2 9 0.2 7.9 0 0 0.1 0.9 23.7Sadlapur 43.9 0.4 0 36.3 19.5 0 0 0 0 0 3.8Tadola 50.3 8.4 0.7 7 1.8 31.2 0 0.3 0.3 0.1 10.7

Source: Census 2011


Page 155 of 261

3.12.7 Infrastructure within Study AreaThe rural and major road works are imperative for the transportation of the agricultural goods

and other goods to the various locations. The area is mainly an agricultural based, agricultural

produce could be transported to the distant places like Bangalore and other neighboring

destinations.

There are good road networks in the district, which connects the neighboring states -

Telangana, Maharashtra state. Table 3-32 shows the State Highways in the study area &

Table 3-33 Total stretch of different roads in the district.

Table 3-32: State Highways in the Study AreaS. No SH No SH name

1 SH75 Balki –Chincholi2 SH105 Humnabad – Bidar3 NH9 Pune – Vijayawada

Source: PWD of Karnataka

Table 3-33: Total stretch of different roads in the district

National Highways(km)

State Highways(km) Major District Roads (km) Total Length (km)

82.00 693.10 877.08 1652.18Source: PWD of Karnataka as on 31.3.2013

Table 3-34: Summary of socioeconomic indicators of the study areaS.No Particulars Study Area

1 Study Area – Districts Bidar District2 Number of villages in the Study Area 273 Total Households 240314 Total Population 1323505 Sex Ratio (Humnabad taluk) 9626 Children Population (<6 Years Old) 185117 Children Sex Ratio (Humnabad taluk) 9558 Urban Rural Ratio 33.61:66.389 SC Population 29934

10 ST Population 2157011 Total Working Population 4968512 Main Workers 3908313 Marginal Workers 1060214 Agricultural Workers 2512815 Household Industries 127716 Other Workers 2328017 Literates 8184718 Institutional delivery (taluk level) 98 %19 Immunization (taluk level) 98%


Page 156 of 261

CHAPTER – 4ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS AND MITIGATIONMEASURES


Page 157 of 261

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTSAND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Introduction

Environmental Impact is any change in the environmental attributes, adverse or beneficial,

caused or induced by the proposed action or set of actions. The predicted adverse impacts

during each stage of project development are superimposed over the baseline status of the

existing environmental quality to infer the scenario of environmental conditions in the post-

project stage. The main purpose of identifying the impacts is that it helps in adopting

appropriate mitigation measures for the adverse consequences if any.

The impacts on the environmental indices viz. air, water, soil, noise, biological and

socioeconomic conditions are scrutinized methodically and assessed.

The most likely impacts on the environment due to the proposed project need to be appraised

during the two different phases of the project namely pre-operation/construction phase and

operation phase. The particulars on impacts that could be triggered on the environmental

attributes by the activities of the proposed project are discussed below.


Impact assessment during the construction phase of the project is of importance as the

construction activities lead to adverse effects on the environment on a short term basis. The

major activities that are undertaken during this phase are civil works, mechanical works,

machinery works and transportation works. During the construction phase, the following

activities among many are considered to be important towards creating environmental

impacts:

1. Site preparation (fencing, boundary & clearing of site).

2. Excavation, backfilling and levelling

3. Hauling and dumping of earth materials & construction spoils.

4. Foundation works.

5. Fabrication erection of Steel structures such as, Tanks, Pipelines and Sheds.

6. Drains & water supply.

7. Painting and finishing.

8. Cleaning, landscaping and plantations.


Page 158 of 261

4.2.1 Land EnvironmentImpactsThe activities carried out during the construction phase will involve a change in the land use

from vacant industrial land to a built up industrial land, which will pose the following impacts on

the land environment.

1. Compaction of soil and a change in the soil structure due to the use of heavy

construction vehicles and machineries.

2. Removal of soil from the site.

3. Mixing of the topsoil and subsoil.

4. Dispersion of dust.

Mitigation measures1. Employing techniques such as restricting access during wet conditions, using

protective boarding and low ground pressure machineries to minimize compaction of

soil.

2. The removed soil will be properly stored for subsequent reinstatement.

3. Reuse of excess excavated material for road development, green belt development

and landscaping.

4. A well designed closed depository for storage of construction materials to prevent

land/soil pollution.

5. Effective stabilization of altered landforms to minimize soil erosion and the potential

for water pollution (e.g. Vegetation).

6. Reuse of construction wastes such as sand, brick, gravel, cement for developing

internal road and project structures.

4.2.2 Air EnvironmentImpactsThe activities that might lead to a decline in the local air quality due to generation of dust are

1. Site Preparation-fencing, boundary and clearing of site will cause disturbance to the

surroundings.

2. Excavation, backfilling and leveling.

3. Hauling and dumping of earth materials and construction spoils.

4. Foundation works can cause dust generation which will decrease the air quality and

it can impact the labors working.

5. Fabrication, erection of steel structures such as tanks, pipelines and sheds.

6. Construction of internal roads drains and water supply.

7. Fugitive vapours from reactors, centrifuges and at discharges of vessel contents, etc.


Page 159 of 261

8. Emission from DG sets and Boilers.

Mitigation measures1. Barricading the construction area and minimizing exposed areas to reduce dust

generation.

2. The vapours have been collected through exhaust system consisting of hood, dust

which are connected to scrubbers.

3. Use of Personal Protective Equipments (PPE’s)

4. Areas generating dust during dry weather will be sprayed with water.

5. Conserving the existing vegetation screens to act as a barrier to dust.

6. Appropriate enclosed areas for storage of construction materials.

7. Efficient usage and maintenance of equipments/machineries to lower air emissions,

noise pollution and consumption of energy resource..

8. Exhaust vent of DG set will be provided with adequate stack height to ensure quick

dispersal of gaseous emissions.

9. Periodic monitoring and maintenance of transport vehicles to check on the quality of

emission to be within permissible limits and consumption of fuel.

10. Regular inspection of construction site to ensure timely removal and disposal of

construction debris to the dumping sites or for recycle/reuse.

4.2.3 Water EnvironmentImpacts

Contamination of water courses by leakage from fuel and materials storage areas.

Oil and suspended solids in run-off from vehicles and access roads.

Use of heavy machineries and vehicles causes compaction of topsoil due to which a

change in the surface water drainage pattern is envisaged..

Generation of sewage.

Mitigation measures

The water demand during the construction phase will be met from /private water

suppliers.

Impenetrable lining will be provided to storage premises to avoid accidental mixing or

fugitive losses.

Storehouse will be located at a distance away from the water storage area to prevent

accidental release or spillage.

Proper management of rain water run-off during monsoon and creating bunds to utilize

the rain water for construction purpose.

An appropriate water management system will be implemented.


Page 160 of 261

Wastewater ManagementDomestic

Existing septic tank will be used for collecting sewage generation from construction phase.

4.2.4 Noise EnvironmentImpacts

1. The major sources of noise generation at the construction site are pneumatic

hammers, DG sets, generators, compressors, reactors, concrete mixers, operating

machineries, horns & acoustic signals and communication among workers.

2. Noise nuisance causes discomfort and health related issues in those who work at the

site and those who reside in the neighboring villages.

Mitigation measures1. Acoustic barriers or shields to the machinaries.

2. Existing green trees around the factory building and premises will control the

intensity of noise to the surrounding area.

3. Proper maintenance of machineries especially oiling and greasing of bearing and

gears etc.

4. Proper planning and organizing of construction activities which will help in avoiding

loud verbal exchanges between the intervening parties.

5. Transportation activities will be carried out only during the day and only in case of

emergency, the transportation activities will be permitted in night time.

6. Avoiding vibration of machineries with proper design of machineries such as speed,

balancing etc.

7. Minimization of operation time of noisy equipment and operation of

machineries/equipment that generate high levels of noise only during day time.

8. Inadequate use of plant and equipment, namely, running on full power when the

work does not necessitate it will be avoided.

9. Personal protective equipments, education and public awareness and exposure

control through rotation of work will be provided to the workers engaged in

construction activities in the area generating high levels of noise.

4.2.5 Waste GenerationSources of waste are construction debris such as bricks, steel scrap, wooden scrap,

sand and gravel etc.


Page 161 of 261

Mitigation measures1. Prior to commencement of construction works, assessment of materials required,

location and planning of available space for its storage will be conducted.

2. Quality control will be implemented to reject defective materials at the time of delivery

thus avoiding later disposal.

3. Stockpiles of sand, gravel, soil will be situated in such a manner that they do not spill

or washed onto the adjacent roads.

4. Materials that come in will be labeled and the date of receiving will be recorded.

5. Preparation of a proper waste management system which includes identification of

wastes, collection, segregation, storage and disposal methods.

6. Recycling and reuse of certain construction debris.

7. Spent oils and other lubricants from equipment will be collected in enclosed containers

before disposing it to approved recyclers.

4.2.6 EcologyAir emissions, sewage dispoal and solid waste generation are likely to have some impact on

terrestrial ecosystem. precautionary measures will be taken to keep the emissions within

limits. Proper cleaning of septic tanks and collection & segregation of solid wastes and

disposal at designated places will minimise the impact on ecology.

Existing Green belt is 2000 m2 (25%) of 8000 m2, green belt developed along the periphery

and at various locations within the industry.

4.2.7 Socio-Economic EnvironmentThe project to manufacture bulk-drugs is likely to have certain positive impacts on socio

economic environment. Indirect employment potential – various modes of indirect employment

i.e. transportation, increased business opportunities to shopkeepers etc. over-all there is

improvement in quality of life of the people in the study area.

Thus, it can be said that the proposed project will have significant beneficial impact on the

socio economic scenario in the study area.

4.3 Operation Phase

From an environmental perspective, this phase is of paramount significance due to its

potential to invoke long-term impacts. The adverse effects that are likely to occur during this

operational phase of the project are: Air Pollution (gaseous emissions), Effluent generation,

Noise generation, Solid waste generation etc.


Page 162 of 261

4.3.1 Land EnvironmentSince, it is an expansion project within the existing facility at Humnabad Industrial area, there

will be no change in land use pattern and no impact due to location.

Discharges on Land-ImpactThe sewage generated from domestic usage will be treated in proposed STP. Industrial

effluents will be treated in ETP(ZLD). The wastewater treatment system for existing and

proposed will be maintained with ZLD, hence there will be no discharge on land without

treatment.

Mitigation Measures1. Periodic maintenance and checking of wastewater conveyance pipelines

2. Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken parts of

the conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected.

3. Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as surface RCC

channels along the pipelines is adopted.

4. Lining of effluent collection tank/ETP common guard pond.

5. Treated wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using it for

various requirements.

6. There will be institutional arrangement to check the efficiency of Zero Liquid

Discharge.

Impacts- Soil Contamination

Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-

hazardous wastes generated due to various operations in the project site.

Sludge generated during production process, chemical waste including toxic waste,

burnt fuel waste, oil slurry, Salts from ATFD, sludge from ETP etc are the source of

hazardous waste.

Poor management of such materials/wastes from the operations is a potential risk of

soil contamination.

Mitigation Measures

Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling shall be adopted to

eliminate/minimise the risks of soil contamination.

The wastes generated will be stored in temporary storage facility and transferred to

nearby Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) and also to the approved

vendors of Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB) for recycling and Co-

processing.


Page 163 of 261

Waste minimisation techniques will be adopted in order to minimise the generation of

wastes.

4.3.2 Air Environment

ImpactRelease of air emissions from process and utlilites like boiler, DGs

Base line data reveals that ambient air quality in the study area are well within the permissible

limits as prescribed by the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for Industrial

Area, Residential, Rural & Other areas.

The major air pollution sources from the industry are DG set, Coal boiler and Reactors. The

DG set and Coal boiler are provided with stacks of adequate height so as to disperse the

emanating flue gases containing particulate matters, oxides of sulfur and nitrogen without

affecting the ground level concentrations. The emissions generated from the reactors will be

scrubbed out by wet scrubbers..

4.3.2.1 Meteorological DataThe site specific meteorological data for three months from Sept to Nov 2018 was obtained

from secondary sources and processed in AERMET to plot wind rose diagram (Figure 4-1).

Other data included for AERMET were daily wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative

humidity, air pressure, precipitation, and solar radiation recorded during the period. AERMET

reformats meteorological data so that it can be used as input for AERMOD model.

Figure 4-1 Wind rose diagram considered for Dispersion Modelling (Sept to Nov 2018)


Page 164 of 261

4.3.2.2 AERMET ProcessFor the 3 phase AERMET processing of the meteorological data, specifications of the land use

in the area are required to determine the terrain roughness for modeling. The land use was

characterized for in and around the site. The surface characteristics for the site and

surroundings were selected and used to calculate the albedo, Bowen ratio and surface

roughness parameter.

The meteorological data were processed in the AERMET software to generate wind flow

pattern & to generate surface meteorological data and profile meteorological data in a

prescribed format that can be fed to AERMOD for modeling.

4.3.2.3 AERMOD Process

AERMOD Software Version 8.0.1 was used for air dispersion modeling and is applicable to a

wide range of buoyant or neutrally buoyant emissions up to a range of 50 km. In addition to

more straight forward cases, AERMOD is also suitable for complex terrain and urban

dispersion scenarios.

AERMOD is a steady-state plume model. In the stable boundary layer (SBL), it assumes the

concentration distribution to be Gaussian in both the vertical and horizontal. In the convective

boundary layer (CBL), the horizontal distribution is also assumed to be Gaussian, but the

vertical distribution is described with a bi-Gaussian probability density function (pdf). This

behavior of the concentration distributions in the CBL was demonstrated by Willis and

Deardorff (1981) and Briggs (1993). Additionally, in the CBL, AERMOD treats “plume lofting,”

whereby a portion of plume mass, released from a buoyant source, rises to and remains near

the top of the boundary layer before becoming mixed into the CBL. AERMOD also tracks any

plume mass that penetrates into the elevated stable layer, and then allows it to re-enter the

boundary layer when and if appropriate. For sources in both the CBL and the SBL AERMOD

treats the enhancement of lateral dispersion resulting from plume meander.

The emissions from existing and proposed additional stacks are estimated and only proposed

additional stacks emissions are used for the air dispersion modeling as shown in Table 4-2.

Maximum incremental value for SO2, NOx and PM10 for 24 hrs average is given in

Table 4-3 to

Table 4-5 and Ground Level Concentration (GLC) for proposed additional stacks is shown in

Figure 4-2 to Figure 4-4.


Page 165 of 261

Table 4-1 Existing Stacks Emission Details

Source Fuel usedStack Details Emission per stack (g/s)

No ofStacks

Height(m)

AGLDia(m)

Temp

(°C)

ExitVelocity

(m/s)PM10 SO2 NOx

Boiler0.75TPH

Coal 1 22 0.5 140 9.6 0.03 0.51 0.24Bio Briquettes

160 kVA DG Diesel 1 6 0.15 330 9.6 4.34E-2

4.41E-2 6.68E-1

Total Emission (g/s) 0.0746 0.552 0.903

Table 4-2 Proposed additional Stacks Emission Details

Source Fuel usedStack Details Emission per stack (g/s)

No ofStack

sHeight

(m) AGLDia(m)

Temp(°C)

Exit Velocity(m/s) PM10 SO2 NOx

Boiler 5TPH

Coal1 30 0.5 140 9.6 0.014 2.313 1.068Bio

Briquettes600 kVADG Diesel 1 9 0.15 330 10 0.163 0.165 0.104


Figure 4-2 Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter within 10 km Radius of theStudy Area


Page 166 of 261

Table 4-3 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concencentrations of Particulate Matter

S.NO UTM coordinates (m) Conc.(µg/m3)

Distance from Centre ofSources (Km)

Direction fromSource CentreLatitude (E) Longitude (N)

1 721172.6 1964828 3.006 1 W2 720172.6 1964828 1.211 2 W3 721172.6 1966828 1.060 2.2 NNW4 723172.6 1964828 1.014 1 E5 721172.6 1965828 0.848 1.25 NW6 719172.6 1964828 0.754 3 W7 720172.6 1967828 0.672 3.6 NNW8 720172.6 1965828 0.649 2.2 WNW9 720172.6 1963828 0.605 2.1 WSW

10 719172.6 1965828 0.595 3.1 W

Figure 4-3 Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of Sulfur Dioxide within 10 km radius of the Studyarea

Table 4-4 First 10 Highest Concencentrations of Sulphur Dioxide

S.NoUTM coordinates (m) Conc.

(µg/m3)Distance from Centre

of Sources (Km)Direction fromSource CentreLatitude (E) Longitude (N)


Page 167 of 261

1 721172.6 1964828 8.523 1 W2 723172.6 1964828 5.716 2 W3 718172.6 1964828 4.314 4 W4 720172.6 1964828 4.273 1 E5 719172.6 1969828 4.109 5.9 NNW6 723172.6 1965828 4.066 1.25 NE7 721172.6 1965828 4.025 1.25 NW8 720172.6 1965828 4.001 2.2 WNW9 719172.6 1964828 3.982 3 W10 720172.6 1967828 3.946 3.7 NNW

Figure 4-4 Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOX within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Table 4-5 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concencentrations of Nitrogen Oxides


(µg/m3)

Distance fromCentre of Sources

(Km)


1 721172.6 1964828 4.119 1 W2 723172.6 1964828 2.713 2 W


Page 168 of 261

3 718172.6 1964828 2.085 4 W4 720172.6 1964828 2.039 1 E5 719172.6 1964828 1.964 5.9 NNW6 719172.6 1969828 1.963 5.9 NNW7 720172.6 1967828 1.933 3.6 NNW8 723172.6 1965828 1.933 1.25 NE9 721172.6 1965828 1.918 1.25 NW10 720172.6 1965828 1.911 2.25 WNW

4.3.2.4 ConclusionIt was observed that the maximum concentration observed due to proposed expansion for

PM10, SO2 and NOx are 3.006 µg/m3, 8.523µg/m3 and 4.119µg/m3. So it can be concluded that

even after the expansion of the plant the impact envisaged is minimum.. The total increase in

concentrations above baseline status to estimate the percentage increase and summarized in

Table 4-6.

Table 4-6 Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions

PollutantConcentration (µg/m3) From Source % Increase

above baselineBaselineMaximum Predicted Total NAAQ

standard Distance Direction

PM10 79.5 3.006 82.506 100 1 W 3.78SO2 19.28 8.523 27.803 80 1 W 44.21NOx 37.25 4.119 41.369 80 1 W 11.06

Mitigation Measures

All air pollution control measures like scrubbers/cyclone seperator will be

provided by the industry.

Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations

in order to check and compare the predicted concentrations with the measured

concentrations. NAAQS Exceedance if any may be checked thoroughly and

adequacy/Performance of Air Pollution Control measures shall be reviewed.

Water sprinkling shall be carried out on road surfaces in the project area.

Adequate Greenbelt width will be provided.

Trucks with cargo susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with

tarpaulin.

All the vehicles will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to the

emission standards.

In addition, EMC will ensure that unit will be with essential pollution control

measures as to be stated by KSPCB in their CFO.


Page 169 of 261

4.3.3 Noise EnvironmentImpactNoise generation sources during operation phase is classified into two categories:

1. Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machineries at the project

site like Boilers, Compressors, DG sets, Cooling towers, Boiler feed water

Pumps etc.

2. Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,


The impact of vibrations beyond the site would be negligible during normal operation

phase. However, the impacts on workers engaged in the plant area would be

considerable due to occupational exposure.

The proposed fixed major equipment/units such as boiler house, compressors, pumps,

DG sets etc., also generate vibrations during operational phase and cause exposures

to the workers/operators engaged at these units.

Mitigation Measures

The major noise generating equipment like Compressors, DG sets, Boiler Feed water

pumps etc. will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for an insertion loss of

25 dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc.

The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly time

weighted average will be maintained well within the prescribed Occupational Safety

and Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits.

Acoustic design with sound proof glass panelling will be provided for critical operator

cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central control facilities.

Use of personal protective equipments/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs etc. will

be strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.

Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will be

carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated to

minimise noise emissions.

Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrub plantation;

landscaping with horticulture; and Tree plantation at vehicle parking areas and along

approach roads.

Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational phase of

the project.

Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet international

standards and foundations will be so designed to minimise vibrations and secured

properly.


Page 170 of 261

Vibration generating sources and their platforms will be maintained properly to

minimize vibrations and related impacts.

Vibration dampers will be provided around the source of generation.

Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of raw

materials and products will be planned in line with the same.

4.3.4 Water Environment4.3.4.1 Impact on Existing Water Resources

The water requirement for existing and peroposed expansion will be met from own borewell

water and private tankers during summer season.

During operation phase, water requirement of proposed units will be mainly for process,

cooling tower, Boiler, washings, domestic use & green belt etc.

The total requirement of raw water for the existing unit is 26.9 KLD. After expansion, water

requirement will be 75.0 KLD

.Mitigation Measures

To reduce the fresh water consumption for utilities and green belt development, 50 KLD MEE

plant is proposed for treating the effluent and 5 KLD STP is proposed to treate the sewage

generated for the expansion project and Zero Liquid Discharge will be implemented and

maintained.

After implementation of the project,, fresh water consumption will be 49.1 KLD & recycled

water will be 25.9 KLD. Recycled water will be used for compensating the water loss in utilites

and green belt development.

Ground water recharging by rain water harvesting pits will be proposed for expansion facilities

and roof top rainwater harvesting will be provided.

4.3.4.2 Impacts To Surface Water BodiesThe surface water and groundwater are the life line of the villages. All the ponds in the area

are working as recharge sites for the under lying groundwater and hence the surface water

and ground water systems are acting like a single unit and therefore cannot be seen in

Isolation.

Any contamination in surface drainage due to operation of project could collapse the system

and will have serious impacts to the water resources especially the availability of potable

water in the PIA area. The impacts will be high in the core area especially the 5.0 km radius


Page 171 of 261

area. Therefore the efficiency of the Zero waste discharge will be ensured with proper

regulatory and institutional arrangements.

Mitigation MeasuresThe following measures are proposed as a part of development to improve the ground water

scenario and also to ensure that ground water is not contaminated. Strategic plans such as

implementing the following structures for rainfall harvesting and groundwater recharging

purposes in project site will be adhered.

Recharge pits

Only roof-top rain water harvesting

Rainwater storage ponds/tanks

Monitoring of water quality and groundwater level variations in the project site.

4.3.4.3 Impact due to Wastewater GenerationThe source of wastewater generation from the project is as follows:

Industrial process wastewater/effluent

Boiler and cooling water blow down

Domestic wastewater/Sewage

Equipment cleaning and floor washings, etc.

The details of wastewater quantities to be generated from the project are discussed in

Section 4.3.5. The untreated wastewater if discharged into nearby surface water may affect

the surface water and/or if disposed off on land without treatment may pollute the ground and

surface water.

Mitigation MeasuresVarious mitigation measures are proposed to be adopted to minimize the impact if any on the

water environment due to the wastewater/runoff generation during the operation phase of the

project.

1. Effluents from the plant will be stored and neutralized in a collection tank and then

sent to Effluent Treatment Plant.

2. Domestic water will be treated in sewage treatment plant and treated sewage will be

recycled for green belt development..

3. Recycle of process water including steam condensate and reuse of treated effluent

for utilities in the plant.

4. Control of water taps, washings, leakages from pump glands and flanged joints.

5. Overflow of vessels will be strictly avoided.


Page 172 of 261

4.3.4.4 Wastewater Quality and QuantityDomestic :In existing facility, sewage (0.8KLD) is disposed in to septic tank. After expansion sewage

(4.9KLD) will be treated in proposed 5 KLD STP, hence there will be no discharges on land

premises without treatment.

Industrial Wastewater:Existing Industrial effluent (6.1KLD) is being treated in ETP followed by 5KLD Forced

Evaporation system. ATFD salts are being disposed to TSDF. Treated water is recycled for

utilities. After expansion, 23.5 KLD of effluent will be generated and it will be treated in

proposed 30 KLD ETP followed by proposed 50 KLD MEE plant.

ZLD system will be implemented and maintained after expansion. MEE salts will be disposed

to TSDF.Treated water will be recycled for Greenbelt, utilities. Hence there will be no

discharges on land premises without treatment.

The existing effluent treatment system is ZLD and the proposed system also will be a Zero

Liquid Discharge (ZLD). There will be no discharge to land environment. The Details Sewage/

effluent Treatment and Disposal is given in Table 4-7 & Characteristics of effluent generated

is summarized in Table 4-8. Proposed ZLD scheme (ETP & MEE) is provided in Annexure-18.

Table 4-7 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Disposal

Description Existing Proposed After expansion Treatment Disposal

Domestic(KLD) 0.8 4.1 4.9

Existing:Septictank/soak pitProposed: STP

Treated sewage will be usedfor Greenbelt

Ind. effluentgeneration(KLD)

6.1 17.4 23.5Existing:ETP(FE)Proposed: ZLD(ETP & MEE)

Treated water will be usedfor utilities. MEE Salts willbe sent to TSDF

Table 4-8 Characteristics of Effluent Generated

S. No. ParameterConcentration*

Raw Effluent CharacteristicsConcentration*RO permeate

CharacteristicsLTDS HTDS1 pH 5.9 13.2 7.0-8.02 TSS 1125 4168 50-803 TDS 1627 2761 <10004 COD 580 12028 50-1005 BOD 278.4 5773.4 15-25

* All parameters except pH are expressed as mg/l


Page 173 of 261

Conveyance of Wastewater to ZLD:The wastewater will be conveyed to ZLD through pipeline.

Mitigation Measures

Proposed ETP with MEE to treat industrial effluents and Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD)

System will be maintained.

STP is proposed for treatment of domestic wastewater.

A storm water drainage system will be developed during expansion.

The runoff from uncontaminated areas will be used for greenbelt area.

The oil contaminated water, if any will be sent to oil water separator; separated oil will

be sent to KSPCB approved vendors and water will be sent to ETP for further

treatment. The treated water will be re used for various applications.

4.3.5 Biological Environment

Impact on Migratory Paths for Wildlife and Forest BlocksThere are no identified migratory paths for major and minor wildlife in the project site and the

study area. The identified fauna which are observed at the project site and in the study area

are local migrants only. Therefore the proposed project operations are not likely to have any

adverse impact on the paths for avid-fauna.

Mitigation Measures

Air quality will be maintained within the standards.

Zero liquid discharge system will be maintained.

Collection and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes as per norms.

Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of

terrestrial ecology and biodiversity.

4.3.6 Waste Generation

Impact due to Solid Waste Generation

During operation phase, various types of solid waste are likely to be generated which can be

broadly categorized as Hazardous Waste and Municipal Solid Waste. Further, the generated

Municipal solid waste include biodegradable, recyclable and inert compounds. The details of

solid waste generation and its management proposed are discussed in Chapter 2, Section2.14. If the solid waste generated is not properly managed and disposed in unauthorized

manner, it will impact on soil quality, groundwater and air quality.


Page 174 of 261

4.3.6.1 Solid Waste Management

Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation during the

operational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines will be to ensure

adopting recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid waste at source into organic

and inorganic wastes. Waste management is given in Figure 4-5.

Figure 4-5 Waste Management Concept


Page 175 of 261

CHAPTER – 5ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


Page 176 of 261

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES(Technology & Site)

5.1 Introduction

This project doesn’t have alternative for site and technology and the justifications are

described below:

5.2 Alternate Site Analysis

The project site is located at Humnabad Industial area, Survey No. 132, Plot No.57 & 58,

Humnabad Industrial area, Gadavanthi village, Humnabad taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka-

585530. Alternate sites were not examined, since the project is expansion within the existing

facility.

5.3 Connectivity of the Project Site

The project site is well connected to National and state highways and all the required

infrastructures availability in the Humnabad industrial area. So, alternate sites were not

considered. The existing Connectivity to the project is summarized in Table 5-1.

Table 5-1 Connectivity to the Project SiteS. No Particulars Details Disstance(~Km) Direction

1 Nearest Hightway NH 218 0.26 NW

2 Nearest railway Station Humnabad 4.98 E

3 Nearest Airport Defence Bidar Airport 41.5 NE4 Nearest Major City Bidar 48.29 NE

5.4 Process alternative

The proposed project is an expansion of Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active Pharmaceutical

Ingredients Manufacturing” within the existing facility. The manufacturing processes for these

products are tried & tested method, and therefore there is no risk of technological failure. In

addition to this the facility is being backed up by the R & D centre which will put continuous

efforts for optimization of the processes to take care of the any technological failures.


Page 177 of 261

CHAPTER – 6ENVIRONMENTAL

MONITORING PROGRAM


Page 178 of 261

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Introduction

The primary aim of environmental monitoring program is to formulate a systematic, site-

specific plan for monitoring the environmental parameters within the impact area, during and

after commissioning of the project, which would aid in assessing the effectiveness of

mitigation and environmental protection measures implemented for the proposed project

based on the existing environmental scenario and the probable environmental impacts

appraisal.

The plan framed for the intended facility will describe:

The details of the proposed mitigation measures taken for safeguarding the

environment at the project site as well as in the vicinity of the industrial site.

Details of management plans (Greenbelt development plan, Solid waste management

plan etc)

Environmental monitoring programme to be undertaken during construction and after

commissioning of the project.

The associated cost components of the pollution control systems that will be installed

at the site.

For each of the environmental attributes, the monitoring plan specifies the parameters to be

monitored, location of monitoring sites, frequency and duration of monitoring and it also

denotes the applicable standards, implementation and supervising responsibilities.

6.2 Objectives

Ensure day to day operational activities are conducted in a manner in compliance with

the applicable regulatory approvals including legislation and industry standards.

Define a detailed framework to monitor and document for achieving full compliance

with statutory requirements.

Develop clearly defined environmental monitoring program designed to assess the

nature and extent of environmental impacts of the proposed operations and

progressively refine such programs against the targets.


Page 179 of 261

Define roles and responsibilities of site personnel and ensure that all people onsite are

fully informed of their responsibilities and accountabilities with regard to the

environment.

To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB)/ State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) related to air emission and liquid

effluent discharge as per air and water pollution control act/ laws

Review, improve and update environmental management procedures and standards.

Establish response procedures for actual/potential environmental impacts including

community complaints and ensure corrective action is taken.

6.3 Environmental Monitoring Programme

It is imperative that the Project Proponent set up regular monitoring stations to assess the

quality of the neighbouring environment during construction and after the commissioning of

the project. An environmental monitoring programme is important as it provides useful

information and helps to:

Verify the predictions on environmental impacts presented in this study assist in detecting the

development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus, provides opportunities for

adopting appropriate control measures, and identify the effectiveness of mitigative measures

suggested in the EMP.

6.3.1 Monitoring Program during construction phaseDuring construction phase for expansion project, monitoring programme for different

parameters are proposed based on the findings of the impact assessment studies. The

monitoring programme including areas, number and location of monitoring stations, frequency

of sampling and parameters to be covered is summarized in Table 6-1.

Table 6-1 Environmental Monitoring for Construction Phase

S.No

Area ofMonitoring

Number ofSampling Stations

Frequency ofSampling Parameters to be Analyzed

1 Meteorology One Hourly and Dailybasis.

Wind speed and direction,Temperature, Relative Humidity,Atmospheric pressure, Rainfall.

2 Ambient AirQuality

2 Stations (one at siteand one in downwind)

Twice a week:24hourly period(monthly)

All the 12 parameters as perNAAQ Standards

3 Noise2 (one within plantpremises and oneoutside plant

monthlyAmbient Equivalent continuousSound Pressure Levels (Leq) atday and Night time.


Page 180 of 261

premises)

4 WaterQualty

One surface waternear project site andground water atproject site

monthly Asper IS10500 standards

5 VehicularEmissions Parking area Periodic monitoring of

vehicles Air emission and noise, PCU

6 Constructionwaste

Storage of wastearea

Quantity and Qualitymonitoring (weekly) Periodically

7 Soil One locations withinthe Project Site monthly Physico chemical properties,

Nutrients, Heavy metals8 Green belt Project site monthly Symptoms of injuries on plants

6.3.2 Post Project Environmental MonitoringAfter commissioning of the project, post project monitoring of environmental parameters will

be carried out at regular intervals. The monitoring programme for various parameters are

proposed based on the findings of the impact assessment studies. The post project monitoring

programme including areas, number and location of monitoring stations, frequency of

sampling and parameters to be covered is summarized in Table 6-2.

Table 6-2 Post Project Environmental Monitoring ProgramS.No

Area ofMonitoring

Number of SamplingStations

Frequencyof Sampling

Parameters to be Analyzed

1 Meteorology OneHourly andDaily basis.

Wind speed and direction, Temperature,Relative Humidity, Atmosphericpressure, Rainfall.

2Ambient AirQuality

2 Stations (One at siteand one in down wind)

Twice aweek:24hourly period(monthly)

All 12 parameters as per NAAQStandards, VOC

3 Noise4 (two within plantpremises and twooutside plant premises)

MonthlyAmbient Equivalent continuous SoundPressure Levels (Leq) at day and Nighttime.

4Waterquality

One surface water nearsite and one groundwater at site

Once aseason

As per IS10500 Standards


Page 181 of 261

5LiquidEffluents

Plant Effluent inlet andoutlet

WeeklypH, Temp, Conductivity, TSS, TDS,BOD, Phenol.

sewage inlet and outlet Monthly pH, TSS, Oil and grease, BOD & COD

6

Exhaustfrom DG setand boiler

Stack of DG set andboiler

Monthly PM, SO2 NOx & CO

7VehicularEmissions

Parking areaPeriodicmonitoring ofvehicles

Air emission and noise, PCU

8

Solid waste/ Hazardouswaste

Municipal solid andhazardous wastestorage areas

Monthly Quantity and Quality monitoring

9 SoilTwo Locations withinthe Project Site

once aseason

Physico chemical properties, Nutrients,Heavy metals

10TerrestrialEcology

Within 10km, aroundthe project

Yearly Symptoms of injuries on plants


Page 182 of 261

CHAPTER – 7ADDITIONAL STUDIES


Page 183 of 261

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Public Consultation

M/s Sri Venkata Sai Organics is currently manufacturing 2 products with a total production

capacity of 420 MTPA. Now proposing 6 new products with a total capacity of 1572 MTPA

which includes reduction of consented manufacturing quantity of 1 existing product from 300

MTPA to 120 MTPA and deleting 1 existing product with the consented quantity of 120 MTPA

along with some additional facilities. After expansion, SVSO will produce 7 products with total

capacity of 1692 MTPA (6 new products and 1 existing product). The list of products and their

respective quantities are given in Table 1-1.


proposed expansion, sufficient area is available for the proposed expansion, only additional

facilities will be proposed for expansion,ground coverage area will be increase from 737.6

sq.m to 1879 sq.m.

The proposed project is located in Notified KIADB Industrial Area, the projects attracts the

Category B as per EIA Notification 2006; As per MoEF & CC Office Memorandum, dated 3rd

June 2009; EIA Notification, 2006 in para 7 (i), sub section III exempted from undertaking

public hearing for expansion or modernization or change of product mix in existing projects.

However the proposed project falls under violation category and Public Hearing is Mandatory

for violation projects. The EIA report has been prepared as per the obtained ToR vide. F. No.

SEIAA 25 IND (VIOL) 2018 dated 05.07.2018 for Public Hearing (PH).

Once PH is completed, the minutes with issues raised by the public with commitment from

proponent will be incorporated in the EIA report and submitted to KSEIAA for further appraisal

of the project and obtaining Environment Clearance.

7.2 Risk Assessment

As per the NFPA rating, the fire hazard is observed in chemicals such as Methanol, Mix

Xylene.

The Consequence analysis study has been carried out for Methanol, Mix Xylene Storage tank

and pipelines. All the hazards are observed towards North East since the wind is blowing from

South-West direction.


Page 184 of 261

In the catastrophic rupture scenario, for Methanol storage tank, It is observed that the

estimated distance for Explosion is 92.2051m at wind speed of 5 m/s and stability class D due

to over pressure of 0.02068 bar.

In the 150mm Leak scenario, for Methanol storage tank, It is observed that the estimated

distance for Explosion is 122.207m at wind speed of 1.5 m/s and stability class F due to over

pressure of 0.02068 bar.

For Mix Xylene storage tank, It is observed that the estimated distance for Explosion is

75.7155m at wind speed of 1.5 m/s and stability class F due to over pressure of 0.02068 bar.

In the 500mm Leak scenario, for Methanol storage tank, It is observed that the estimated

distance for Explosion is 113.927m at wind speed of 1.5 m/s and stability class F due to over

pressure of 0.02068 bar.

For Mix Xylene storage tank, It is observed that the estimated distance for Explosion is

33.2766m at wind speed of 5 m/s and stability class D due to over pressure of 0.02068 bar.

Mitigative measures for storage tanks are proposed to avoid hazards.

The detailed risk assessment report on solvent storage tanks and pipelines for the proposed

project is enclosed as Annexure-15.

7.3 Disaster Management Plan

An onsite emergency plan is attributed to the response plan that contains and minimizes the

effects due to emergencies within the installations which have a potential to cause damage to

people and facilities within the installation premises.The on-site emergency plan enclosed as

Annexure-14.

7.4 R&R Action Plan

Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) is not applicable since the project site is located in

Humnabad industrial area.

7.5 Hazard Identification and Safety System

7.5.1 Hazard Identified In the Factory1. Health hazard due to exposure to chemicals and chemical spillages.

2. Fire hazard due to use of flammable chemicals.

3. Fire and explosion hazard due to various chemical reactions.


Page 185 of 261

7.5.2 Scenario Based Emergency Actions1. Action plan in case of Solvent leakage from flange joints or from bottom

valve etc.,a. Shift In-charge / Department Head shall be informed immediately.

b. Access the situation.

c. Only trained personnel shall approach the area using suitable personnel

protective equipments.

d. Stop leakage by closing isolation valve.

e. Stop hot work in surrounding area.

f. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.

g. Other than the needy all shall evacuate the area.

h. Cover drains / isolate from other plants with the help of sand or soil.

i. Affected persons should be moved to fresh air and seek medical help further.

2. Action plan in case of Fire in Centrifuge due to Solvent vaporsa. Shout and break MCP

b. Trained personnel will be involved in fire fighting with suitable PPEs.

c. Extinguish fire with DCP / CO2 / Foam extinguisher.

d. In case the fire is not controlled with the use of portable fire extinguishers, use

fire hydrant system with mobile foam unit.

e. Other than the needy all will evacuate the area.

f. Close valves on solvent pipe lines.

g. Cooldown MLR tank by water spray.

h. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.

i. Close / isolate the drains with sand or soil.

j. Affected persons should be given first aid and moved for medical attention.

3. Action plan in case of Fire or Explosiona. Shout and break MCP.

b. Trained personnel will be involved in fire with suitable PPEs.

c. Extinguish with DCP / CO2 / Foam Extinguishers installed at site.

d. In case the fire not controlled with the use of portable fire extinguishers, use fire

hydrant system and mobile foam unit for solvent fire.

e. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.

f. Other than the needy all shall evacuate the area.

g. Cooldown nearby receivers / service tank, reactors etc by water spray.

h. Isolate interconnection of tanks, reactors, service tank, charging valves,

receivers etc.


Page 186 of 261

i. Other pipelines are to be checked for isolation.

j. Close / isolate the drains with sand or soil.

k. Affected persons should be given first aid and moved for medical attention.

4. Action plan in case of Toxic Releasea. Shift In-charge / Department Head shall be informed immediately.

b. Only trained personnel shall approach the area using suitable personnel

protective equipments like SCBA.

c. Check the wind direction; decide route of escape and evacuating persons shall

run perpendicular to the wind direction and not against / along the wind

direction.

d. Evacuating personnel should use wet handkerchief on their nose.

e. Inform the neighbourhood if required and if they are likely to be affected.

f. Ensure that only essential personnel are in the affected areas.

g. Rescue the persons trapped / injured.

h. Person present in other buildings should close their windows and doors to

prevent any entry of leaked gases.

i. Trace the source of leakage or spillage and isolate the system from other

equipment.

j. Isolate the electrical supply to the affected area.

k. Trap the leakage into a suitable scrubber.

l. Affected persons should be given first aid and moved for medical attention.

5. Action plan in case of Electric Fire or Shocka. Isolate the power supply to the affected area immediately before approaching

the site.

b. Do not use water for extinguishing the fire. Use CO2 type or DCP type or dry

sand to extinguishing the fire.

c. Remove any flammable or combustible material from the vicinity of the incident.

d. Remove the affected person to an open area and check his breathing.

e. If he is unconscious and not breathing initiate artificial resuscitation procedure.

f. Do first aid for any burn injury.

g. Physically isolate the burnt electrical components. Do not energize till the entire

circuitry is checked with megger or other devices with safety mechanisms.

6. Action plan in case of leakage or rupture of Solvent / Fuel storage tanksa. Area shall be evacuated immediately.

b. Affected persons shall be thoroughly washed using clean water and given

necessary medical aid.


Page 187 of 261

c. Personnel entering the area should make use of suitable personnel protective

equipments.

d. Leaked tank must be depressurized immediately by transferring remaining

quantity into another tank or container.

e. Leakage source must be traced and plugged.

f. Isolate the nearby electrical points and prevent any fire being brought nearby.

As a precaution mobilize extra fire extinguishers to the spot to tackle fire if

caught. Spilled material spreading should be contained in a dyke and

transferred to container or it must be absorbed on sand or earth.

g. The contaminated sand or earth must be neutralized and then dumped at safe

place or burned in the fire pit. (flammable liquids should not be absorbed by

combustible solids like saw dust or combustible fibres)

h. If a spilled material in to the trench of electrical cables, then it shall be drained

with natural gradient and wash with large quantity of water continuously after

de energising the cable.

i. If a spilled material gets into the storm water drain or sewer line then it must be

flushed with a continuous flow of large stream of clean water till it is neutralized

fully.

7. Action plan in case of Compressed Gas Cylinder Leakagea. Move the cylinders to well ventilated area, and barricade the area. Never try to

repair the leaks when the equipment under pressure.

b. Immediately contact supplier to get the necessary information and help.

c. If fire catches to cylinder, do not try to extinguish the cylinder fire. Only cool (by

pouring water) and protect the nearby equipments from the safe distance.

8. Action plan in case of Cryogenic Gas (Liquid Nitrogen) Leakagea. Allow the spillage to evaporate by providing good ventilation.

b. If you feel the ventilation is insufficient, immediately evacuate the area.

9. Action plan in case of Water Reactive Chemical Spillagea. Do not put water on the spill.

b. If it is liquid, use neutralizing agent and inert material like dry sand to absorb

spillage.

c. If it is powder / crystalline, avoid generating dusty conditions, sweep up material.

d. Placed to bag, label the bag and send to ETP for safe disposal.

e. Decontaminate spill site with suitable neutralizing material.

f. Wash the spill area.


Page 188 of 261

10. Action plan in case of Leakage through Pipe Line, Barrel / Druma. If the leak in a pipe line, immediately stop the supply to corresponding pipe line

b. If the leak in a barrel or drum, do not move or transport that barrel or drum.

c. Immediately transfer that content to another non leak barrel or drum.

d. Transferred barrel / drum should be compatible with the material.

e. After the material transferred, empty drums are to be neutralized, washed and

then send to ETP for safe disposal.

f. To remove the spilled material from that area, procedure to be followed based

on the nature of material / chemical.

7.6 Assessment of Ecological Damage, Remediation Plan And Natural AndCommunity Resources Augmentation Plan

The proposed project is termed under Schedule 5(f), Category B, Synthetic Organic

Chemicals as per the EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments. Since, M/s Sri Venkata Sai

Organics is operating the industry without prior Environmental Clearance, the project falls

under violation category ‘B’ as per Violation notification vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March

2017 from 2008 to 2017( 9 Years).

SVSO applied for Environmental Clearance at SEIAA, vide File No. SEIAA 10 IND 2017

dated 24.03.2018. The proposal was appraised in 180th SEAC meeting held on 07.04.2017,

and file is transferred to SEIAA on 19.04.2017, The committee deferred the proposal as

violation project since the unit is operational without prior Environmental Clearance. As per

Violation notification vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017, Karnataka SEIAA has directed

the proponent to apply at MoEF & CC.

ToR application was submitted to MoEF&CC vide IA/KA/IND2/68439/2017 dated 20th May

2017. The proposal was appraised in 4th th EAC meeting held on 21.02.2018 . EAC

recommended Terms of Reference MoEF&CC and subsequently our file has been transferred

to KSEIAA as per S.O 1030(E) dated 8th March, 2018, MoEF&CC O&M.

Again ToR application submitted at SEAC Karnataka under Violation category vide proposal

no. SIA/KA/IND2/24487/2018 dated 12.04.2018. Proposal was appraised in 199th SEAC

meeting held on 02.06.2018 and 151st SEIAA meeting held on 26.06.2018. Terms of

Reference (TOR) was issued for preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report

vide F.No. SEIAA/F.No- SEIAA 25 IND (VOIL) 2018 dated 05.07.2018 under violation

category.


Page 189 of 261

7.7 Enumeration of the aspects of violation

Table 7-1 Enumeration of the aspects of violation based on utilisation of resourcesS.No

Description Details Unit 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

1

Sri VenkataSai OrganicsLimitedSy.No. 132,Plot. No.57& 58Humanabadindustrialarea

Productionquantity as perEC/CFE/CFO

MTPA 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 420

Total WaterConsumption

KL/year 8339 8339 8339 8339 8339 8339 8339 8339 8339 8339

CoalMT/yr

465 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 465

HSDMT/yearAverageof 3HrsPowerBreakDown

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

Solvent Usage MT/year 67 67 67 43.01 90.85 80.485 45.66 117 - 183.36

SolventRecovery

MT/year 56.95 56.95 56.95 36.56 77.22 68.41 38.81 99.45 - 155.86

Solvent Loss MT/year 10.5 10.5 10.5 6.45 13.63 12.07 6.85 17.55 - 27.50


Page 190 of 261

S.No


2 Plot Area Sq.m 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000

3 Area Sq.m 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000

a Built up Area Sq.m 737.6 737.6 737.6 737.6 737.6 737.6 737.6 737.6 737.6 737.6

BOpen space/vacant Area

Sq.m 5262.4 5262.4 5262.4 5262.4 5262.4 5262.4 5262.4 5262.4 5262.4 5262.4

cGreenbeltarea

Sq.m 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

4 ReactorsCapacity& No

3KLx3no’s3KLx1no

3KLx3no’s3KLx1no

3KLx3no’s3KLx1no

3KLx3no’s

3KL x1no

3KLx3no’s

3KL x1no

3KLx3no’s

3KL x1no

3KLx3no’s

3KL x1no

3KLx3no’s

3KL x1no

3KLx3no’s

3KL x1no

3KLx3no’s

3KL x1no

5ProcessEquipments

Numbers 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no.

6 ScrubberCapacity& No.5HP blower

3000 CFM 2no’s 2no’s 2no’s 2no’s 2no’s 2no’s 2no’s 2no’s 2no’s 2no’s

7 Boiler Capacity & No. Kg/hr - - 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

8CoolingTower

Capacity& No. --300 TR

1no.300 TR

1no.300 TR

1no.300 TR

1no.300 TR

1no.300 TR

1no.300 TR

1no.300 TR

1no.300 TR

1no.300 TR

1no.

9 DG stack kVA -- 1x65 1x65 1x65 1x65 1x65 1x65 1x65 1x65 1x65 1x65

10 Coal -- TPA 365 495 440 365 496 470 460 520 550 547.5


Page 191 of 261

S.No


11 Briquittee -- TPA 440 720 835 668 720 880 590 860 790 1095

12 Diesel -- MTPA 20 18.0 20.2 21.5 19.0 20.6 21.5 22.0 19.0 36.5

13Source ofWater

Own Borwell -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

14 Wastewater -- KL/year 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891

15ETPCapacity

-- KLD 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

16Sewagetreatment

-- KLDSeptictank

Septictank

Septictank

Septictank

Septictank

Septictank

Septictank

Septictank

Septictank

Septictank

17

ProcessVent vizVOC,Chlorine,HCl,Ammonia

--

Connected toScrubb

ers

Connected to

Scrubbers

Connected to

Scrubbers

Connected to

Scrubbers

Connected to

Scrubbers

Connected to

Scrubbers

Connected to

Scrubbers

Connected to

Scrubbers

Connected to

Scrubbers

Connected to

Scrubbers

18

Hazardous waste (Approved Qty as per KSPCB Consent)Used /Spentoil

-- KL/A 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

MS Drums -- Nos/Year 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

HDPEDrums

-- Nos/Year 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100


Page 192 of 261

S.No


MEE Salts -- TPA 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62

19 Municipal Solid Waste

20OrganicWaste

-- MT/A 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78

21InorganicWaste

-- MT/A 0.217 0.217 0.217 0.217 0.217 0.217 0.217 0.217 0.217 0.217

22Deforestation/ Removalof Trees

-- Nos - - - - - - - - - -


Page 193 of 261

7.8 Quantification of Damage Assessment

Assessment of the damages caused during construction and operation phases are given

below:

7.8.1 Air EnvironmentThe major air pollution sources from the industry are DG sets, boilers and reactors. The DG

set and boiler are provided with stacks of adequate height so as to disperse the emanating

flue gases - particulate matter, Sulfur di oxide & oxides of nitrogen.

7.8.1.1 Emission Calculations

The major air pollution sources from the industry are DG sets, boilers and reactors.

The DG set and boiler sources are provided with stacks of adequate height so

as to disperse the emanating flue gases containing suspended particulate

matter, sulfur di oxide & oxides of nitrogen.

The boiler is provided with stack of adequate height & scrubber, so as to

disperse the emanating flue gases containing sulfur di oxide & oxides of nitrogen

without increasing the ground level concentrations.

Operation phase is likely to generate various types of solid waste which can be broadly

categorized as hazardous waste and non-hazardous Waste. Further, the generated solid

waste generation may include Biodegradable, Recyclable and Inert compounds. Fuel

consumption details from 2007 -2008 to 2016-2017 is shown in Table 7-2.

Table 7-2 Fuel consumption from 2007-2008 to 2016-2017

S. No Year Coal (MTPA) Briquette (TPA) Diesel (MTPA)1 2007-08 365 440 20.02 2008-09 495 720 18.03 2009-10 440 835 20.24 2010-11 365 668 21.55 2011-12 496 720 19.06 2012-13 470 880 20.67 2013-14 460 590 21.58 2014-15 520 860 22.09 2015-16 550 790 19.0

10 2016-17 547.5 1095 36.5Source of fuel quantity: Project proponent


Page 194 of 261

Table 7-3 Quantification of emission for Boiler from 2007-2008 to 2016-2017

S. No Year Coal as fuel (TPA) Briquette as fuel(TPA)PM10 SO2 NOx PM10 SO2 NOx

1 2007-08 0.029 3.121 1.478 0.1936 0.0264 0.79202 2008-09 0.040 4.232 2.005 0.3168 0.0432 1.29603 2009-10 0.035 3.762 1.782 0.3674 0.0501 1.50304 2010-11 0.029 3.121 1.478 0.2939 0.0401 1.20245 2011-12 0.040 4.241 2.009 0.3168 0.0432 1.29606 2012-13 0.038 4.019 1.904 0.3872 0.0528 1.58407 2013-14 0.037 3.933 1.863 0.2596 0.0354 1.06208 2014-15 0.042 4.446 2.106 0.3784 0.0516 1.54809 2015-16 0.044 4.703 2.228 0.3476 0.0474 1.4220

10 2016-17 0.044 4.681 2.217 0.4818 0.0657 1.9710

Table 7-4 Quantification of Emission for DG set from 2007-2008 to 2016-2017

S.No Year Diesel as fuel (TPA)PM SO2 NOx

1 2007-08 0.0048 0.1764 0.02402 2008-09 0.0043 0.1588 0.02163 2009-10 0.0048 0.1782 0.02424 2010-11 0.0052 0.0190 0.02585 2011-12 0.0046 0.0168 0.02286 2012-13 0.0049 0.0182 0.02477 2013-14 0.0052 0.0190 0.02588 2014-15 0.0053 0.0194 0.02649 2015-16 0.0046 0.0168 0.0228

10 2016-17 0.0088 0.0322 0.0438

7.8.1.2 Evaluation of DamageThe DG set is provided with stack of adequate height, boiler with stack and scrubber, so

as to disperse the emanating flue gases containing sulfur di oxide & oxides of nitrogen

without affecting the ground level concentrations. Quantification of Emissions (2007 – 2017) is

summarized in Table 7-5.

Table 7-5 Quantification of Emissions (2007 – 2017)

S.No Emissiondetails

Boiler DGAverageemissionquantity

(Ton/Year)

Total emissionquantity for 10

Years (Ton)

Averageemissionquantity

(Ton/Year)

Total emissionquantity for 10

Years (Ton)1 PM10 0.39 3.89 0.0053 0.0532 SO2 4.17 41.74 0.0531 0.5313 NOX 3.39 33.86 0.0264 0.264

Source of fuel quantity: Project proponent


Page 195 of 261

Source for Emission calculation: Air Quality Assessment, Emission Inventory by NEERI

Source- Environmental Pollution book by Vijay P Singh, Ram Narayan Yadava, 2003

http://www.vtpi.org/tca/tca0510.pdf

7.8.1.3 Air ModellingTable 7-6 Existing stack emission details

Source Fuelused

Stack Details Emission per stack (g/s)

No ofStack

Height(m)

AGLDia(m)

Temp(°C)

Exit Velocity(m/s) PM SO2 NOx

Boiler 0.75TPH Coal 1 22 0.5 140 9.6 0.00041 0.3389 0.1562

DG160 KVA

Diesel 1 6 0.15 330 9.6 0.00181 0.00184 0.0279


Figure 7-1 Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter within 10 km Radius of theStudy Area


Page 196 of 261

Table 7-7 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations Particulate Matter

S. No UTM coordinates (m) Conc.(µg/m3)

Distance from Centre ofSources (Km)


1 723172.6 1963828 0.03826 1.4 SE2 723172.6 1965828 0.03067 1.4 NE3 724172.6 1962828 0.01683 2.8 SE4 721172.6 1964828 0.01654 0.9 W5 720172.6 1964828 0.01632 1.9 W6 719172.6 1965828 0.01404 3.1 NW7 723172.6 1964828 0.01402 1.03 E8 719172.6 1964828 0.01357 2.9 W9 724172.6 1966828 0.0126 2.8 NE

10 721172.6 1965828 0.01178 1.4 NW

Figure 7-2 Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Sulfur Dioxide within 10 km Radius of the StudyArea

Table 7-8 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations of SO2

S.No

UTM coordinates (m) Conc.(µg/m3)

Distance from Centreof Sources (Km)


1 721172.6 1964828 0.66347 1.02 W2 725172.6 1958828 0.50458 6.7 SE3 726172.6 1957828 0.4839 8.07 SE4 724172.6 1959828 0.45612 5.3 SE5 723172.6 1960828 0.45574 4.1 SSE6 724172.6 1969828 0.44329 5.3 NE7 727172.6 1956828 0.43647 9.4 SE8 726172.6 1956828 0.42504 8.8 SE9 726172.6 1972828 0.41832 8.9 NE

10 728172.6 1971828 0.40488 9.3 NE


Page 197 of 261

Figure-7-3 Predicted24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOx within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Table 7-9 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations of NOx


(µg/m3)Distance from Centre of

Sources (Km)Direction fromSource CentreLatitude (E) Longitude (N)

1 723172.6 1963828 0.59086 1.4 SE2 723172.6 1965828 0.47295 1.4 NE3 725172.6 1961828 0.40881 4.2 SE4 727172.6 1957828 0.29659 8.6 SE5 728172.6 1956828 0.29142 9.9 SE6 729172.6 1955828 0.29071 11.3 SE7 730172.6 1954828 0.27317 12.8 SE8 721172.6 1964828 0.26321 10.02 W9 724172.6 1962828 0.25944 2.8 SE

10 720172.6 1964828 0.25186 2.03 W

ConclusionIt was observed that the maximum concentration observed from existing stacks for PM, SO2

and NOx are 0.03826µg/m3, 0.66347µg/m3 and 0.59086µg/m3. So it can be concluded that for

existing plant, the impact envisaged is minimum or negligible. The total increase in

concentrations percentage increased details for existing are summarized in Table 7-10 for

existing and expansion is given in Table 7-11.


Page 198 of 261

Table 7-10 Total maximum GLC’s from existing stack emission

PollutantMaximum

Conc.(µg/m3)

predictedConc. atsource(µg/m3)

TotalConc.

(µg/m3)

NAAQstandard

Distancefrom

Center ofSource

Directionfrom

Source

% contributionin Existing

ConcentrationLevels

PM10 79.5 0.03826 79.538 100 1.4 SE 0.05SO2 19.28 0.66347 19.943 80 1.02 W 3.44NOx 37.25 0.59086 37.841 80 1.4 SE 1.58

Table 7-11 Total maximum GLCs after expansion

PollutantConcentration (µg/m3) From Source % Increase

abovebaseline

BaselineMaximum Predicted Total NAAQ

standard Distance Direction

PM 79.5 3.006 82.506 100 1 W 3.78SO2 19.28 8.523 27.803 80 1 W 44.21NOx 37.25 4.119 41.369 80 1 W 11.06

So it can be concluded that even after the expansion of the plant the impact envisaged is

minimum.

7.8.2 Water EnvironmentThe source of wastewater generation from industry as follows:

Industrial effluent

Boiler and cooling water blow down

Sewage

Equipment cleaning and floor washings, etc.

7.8.2.1 Ground wate consumptionThe fresh water requirement for the existing facility is 26.9 KLD, which is met from private

water suppliers and borewell situated at plant premises. Existing water consumption/water

usage breakup is shown in Table 7-12. Yearwise water consumption is shown in Table 7-13.

Table 7-12 Existing water consumption/water usage breakupS.No Details Existing (KLD)

1 Domestic 0.82 Process 5.63 Washing 0.54 Boiler Feed Water 185 Cooling Tower Make up 16 Others (Green belt) 1

Total 26.9


Page 199 of 261

Table 7-13 Yearwise water consumption from 2007-2008 to 2016-2017S.No Period Quantity(KLD)

1 2007-08 83392 2008-09 83393 2009-10 83394 2010-11 83395 2011-12 83396 2012-13 83397 2013-14 83398 2014-15 83399 2015-16 833910 2016-17 8339

Total 83390Note:Ground water 26.9KLD. Working days =310.

7.8.2.2 Wastewater GenerationDomestic :In existing domestic wastewater(0.8KLD) is disposed in to septic tank. After expansion

domestic wastewater(4.9KLD) will be treated in proposed 5 KLD of STP, hence there will be

no discharge on land premises without treatment.

Damage due to septic TankSeptic tank is an underground chamber made of concrete through which (Sewage) flows forbasic treatment. Settling and anaerobic processes reduce solids and organics, but thetreatment efficiency is only moderate. The existing system is a type of simple onsite sewagefacility which is being used for collection of sewage and is being disposed off regularly. Forproposed expansion the septic tank will be converted as collection tank and the sewage willbe treated in Proposed 5 KLD STP. Damage due to use of septic tank and Remediationmeasures is shown in Table 7-14.

Table 7-14 Damage due to sewage and remediation measuresS.No Activity Damage Remedial Measures

1 SewagedisposalthroughSeptic Tankin existingfacility.

The existing manpower is 7Nos. The sewage generation is 0.8

KLD The septic tank is RCC structure Sewage is stored in septic tank

and is disposed periodically byseptic tank cleaners.

Since the tank is RCC, noseepage is found and there is nocontamination of ground water.

The after expansion manpower is 125 Nos. After proposed expansion sewage

generation will be 4.9 KLD. During expansion 5 KLD of STP is

proposed for treatment of domesticwastewater (Sewage).

The treated sewage will be reused forgreen belt development.

Zero Liquid Discharge concept isproposed.

Periodical Monitoring & Analysis will be


Page 200 of 261

carried out as per EnvironmentalMonitoring Programme.

Industrial Wastewater:Existing Industrial effluent (6.1KLD) is being treated in ETP followed by 5KLD Forced

Evaporation system. ATFD salts are disposed to TSDF. Condensate is recycled to utilities.

The existing and proposed treatment system will be maintained ZLD, there will be no

discharge of effluents on land environment. Details of Effluent & Wastewater generation

from 2007 to 2017 is shown in Table 7-15.

Table 7-15 Details of Effluent & Wastewater generation from 2007 to 2017

S.No Description 2007-08

2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

2011-12

2012-13

2013-14

2014-15

2015-16

2016-17

1 Effluent(KL) 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891

2 Sewage(KL) 217 217 217 217 217 217 217 217 217 217

7.8.3 Noise EnvironmentMajor sources of noise generation from industry, noise generation sources during operational

phase are classified into two categories:

Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machinery at the project site like

Boilers, Compressors, DG sets, Pumps etc.

Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,


The impact of vibrations beyond the site would be negligible during normal operation

phase. However, the impacts on workers engaged in the plant area would be

considerable due to occupational exposure. The fixed major equipment/units such as

boiler house, compressors, pumps, DG sets etc., also generate vibrations during

operational phase and may cause exposures to the workers/operators engaged at

these units.

Table 7-16 Noise generating sourceS.No Source Input max.dB(A)

1 Boiler feed water pump 922 FD Fan 933 ID Fan 1034 DG set (1x 160 kVA) 1045 Cooling tower 90


Page 201 of 261

6 Air compressor 1027 Chilling plant 82

The major noise generating equipment like compressors, DG sets, Boiler Feed

water pumps etc., is enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for an insertion

loss of 25 dB(A) and silencers to other equipment etc.,

Major noise generating equipment is designed with 85 dB(A) ensuring cumulative

noise at 1.0 m remaining at 85 dB(A)

The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly times

weighted average is maintained well within the prescribed Occupational Safety

and Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits.

Adequate PPE are provided to the staff exposing to noise risks.

Noise modelling results is shown in Table 7-17.

Table 7-17 Noise modelling results

S.No Source of Noise Estimated resultsmax.dB(A) Distance CPCB standard

Lday (Ld) dB(A)1 Boiler feed water pump 43.02 Within project boundary

75 (industrialarea)

2 FD Fan 44.92 Within project boundary3 ID Fan 54.92 Within project boundary4 DG set (1x 160 kVA) 55.92 Within project boundary5 Cooling tower 41.92 Within project boundary6 Air compressor 53.92 Within project boundary7 Chilling plant 33.92 Within project boundary

Figure-7-4 Noise Contours due to Boiler Feed water pump


Page 202 of 261

Figure-7-5 Noise Contours due to FD Fan

Figure-7-6 Noise Contours due to ID Fan


Page 203 of 261

Figure-7-7 Noise Contours due to DG Set

Figure-7-8 Noise Contours due to Cooling Tower


Page 204 of 261

Figure-7-9 Noise Contours due to of Air Compressor

Figure-7-10 Noise Contours due to of Chilling PlantSince, all noise levels are within the limit of the CPCB standard. Damage due to noise

during operation activities is negligible.


Page 205 of 261

7.8.4 Solid WasteOperation phase is likely to generate various types of solid waste which can be broadly

categorized as Hazardous Waste and Municipal Solid Waste. Further, the generated

Municipal solid waste include Biodegradable, Recyclable and Inert compounds. Details of

Solid waste generation from 2007-2017 is summarized in Table 7-18.

Table 7-18 Details of Solid waste generation from 2007-2017

S.No

Description 2007 200

82009

2010

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016 2017

1 MSW(TPA)0.997

0.997

0.997

0.997

0.997

0.997

0.997

0.997

0.997

0.997

0.997

0.997

2 Hazardous waste(TPA)Used/Spent oil 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

MSDrums 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

HDPEDrums 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

MEE Salts 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62

Designated solid waste storage area is allocated within the site for storage of

municipal solid wastes which will be disposed to municipal authorities. Industrial solid waste is

transferred to recyclers/ coprocessing units/TSDF site for safe disposal of hazardous wastes.

7.8.1 Biological EnvironmentThe project site is in the KIADB Industrial Area, since the industry was already well

established 2006 onwards, there is no felling of major trees except removal of scrubs.

There are no national parks, wildlife sanctuaries or biosphere reserves within 10km radius

from the plant site.

7.8.1.1 FloraThe ecological study of the surrounding area upto 10 Km radius of the project site was

conducted in order to understand the ecological status of the study area. The project site is

devoid of Natural vegetation. List of flora reported/observed in study area is shown in Table7-19.

Table 7-19 List of flora reported/observed in study area

S.No Species Botanical Name Family Name Common Name IUCNstatus

1 Herbs Aconitumheterophyllum Ranunculacea Indian Atees NA

2 Herbs Adenanthera pavonina Fabales Manjadi NA


Page 206 of 261

3 Herbs Adina cordifolia Rubiaceae Kadam NA4 Grass Arundinarea aristida Poaceae Giant Cane NA5 Tree Acacia catechu Fabaceae Arabic Gum NA6 Tree Acacia farnesiana Mimosaceae Mimosa NA7 Tree Aesuclus indica Sapindaceae Indian Horse Chestnut NA8 Tree Alamgium lamarckii Alangiaceae Akola NA

9 Tree Alstonia scholaris Apocynaceae Blackboard Tree, DevilTree LC

10 Tree Annona squamosa Annonaceae Sitaphala NA

11 Tree Anthocephaluscadamba Rubiaceae Burflower-Tree, Laran NA

12 Tree Anthocephalusparviflora Malvaceae Rungia Parviflora NA

13 Tree Antiaris toxicaria Moraceae Bark Cloth Tree NA14 Tree Aquilaria agallocha Thymelaceae Garwood, Aloeswood, NA15 Tree Artocarpus hirsuta Moraceae Aini, Aini-Maram, Aani NA16 Tree Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Bevu LC17 Tree Bassia latifolia Sapotaceae Indian Butter Tree NA18 Tree Bauhinia racemosa Fabaceae Achalu NA19 Tree Bauhinia variegata Fabales Kachnar, Orchid Tree LC

20 Tree Bridelia retusa Phyllanthaceae Spinous Kino Tree NA

21 Tree Calotropis gigantea Phyllanthaceae Crown Flower NA

22 Tree Canarium strictum Burseraceae Black Dammar NA23 Tree Careya arborea Lecythidaceae Kumbhi NA24 Tree Carissa carandas Apocynaceae Karanda NA25 Tree Cassia auriculata Fabaceae Matura Tea Tree NA26 Tree Cassia grandis Fabaceae Coral Shower Tree NA27 Tree Cassia marginata Fabaceae Golden Rain Tree NA

28 Tree Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarinaceae Coast Sheoak NA

29 Tree Cinnamomumcamphora Lauraceae Camphor Tree NA

30 Tree Citrus aurantium Rutaceae Bigarade Orange NA

31 Tree Cochlospermumgossypium

cochlospermaceae Buttercup Tree NA

32 Tree Delonix regia Fabaceae Flamboyan LC33 Tree Diospyrose benum Ebenaceae Indian Ebony NA

34 Tree Emblica officinalis Phyllanthaceae Indian Gooseberry NA

35 Tree Euphorbia nerifolia Euphorbiaceae Indian Spurge Tree NA

36 Tree Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Banyan NA37 Tree Ficus carica Moraceae Anjeer NA38 Tree Ficus gibbosa Moraceae Weeping Fig NA


Page 207 of 261

39 Tree Ficus glornerata Moraceae Cluster Fig Tree NA40 Tree Ficus religiosa Moraceae Peepal Tree NA41 Tree Ficus tomentosa Moraceae Itchi NA42 Tree Garcina morella Clusiaceae Indian Gamboge Tree NA43 Tree Garcinia cambogia Clusiaceae Tamarind NA44 Tree Gardenia latifolia Rubiaceae Indian Boxwood NA

45 Tree Gelonium lanceolatum Euphorbiaceae South Indian Suregada NA

46 Tree Helicteres isora Malvaceae East-Indian screw tree NA

47 Tree Holarrhenaantidysenterica Apocynaceae Kurchi NA

48 Tree Hopea parviflora Dipterocarpaceae Canopy Trees LC

49 Tree Hydnocarpuswightiana Achariaceae Chaulmoogra NA

50 Tree Ixora parviflora Rubiaceae Ixora NA

51 Tree Jatropha curcas Euphorbiaceae Physic Nut NA

52 Tree Millingtonia hortensis Bignoniaceae Indian cork tree NA53 Tree Ochlandra Poaceae Ochlandra travancorica NA54 Tree Oroxylum indicum Bignoniaceae Trumpet Flower NA

55 Tree Pterospermumacerifolium Sterculiaceae Kanak Champa NA

56 Tree Sapindus trifoliatus Sapindaceae South India Soapnut NA57 Tree Saraca indica Fabaceae Ashoka NA58 Tree Sesbania grandiflora Fabaceae Hummingbird Tree NA59 Tree Spondias mangifera Anacardiaceae Mombins NA60 Tree Strychnos nux-vomica Loganiaceae Strychnine Tree NA61 Tree Terminalia paniculata Combretaceae Kindal Tree NA

62 Tree Terrninalia chebula Combretaceae Black- Or ChebulicMyrobalan NA

63 Tree Tetrameles nudiflora Tetramelaceae Angkor, Cambodia LC64 Tree Toddalia asiatica Rutaceae Orange Climber NA

65 Tree Trewia nudiflora Euphorbiaceae False White Teak NA

66 Tree Ziziphus jujuba Rhamnaceae Jujube NA

67 Climbers Ampelocissus latifolia Wild grape Bedasatiga, Bedalatiga NA

68 Climbers Argyreia nervosa Elephant

creeper Samudrapala NA

69 Climbers Bauhinia vahlii Maloo creeper Madapu NA

70 Climbers Cissus quadrangularis Veldt grape Gudametige NA

71 Climbers Cucumis melo Melon Mulam pandu NA


Page 208 of 261

72 Climbers Ipomoea sepiaria Purple heart

glory Mettatuti NA

73 Climbers Pergularia daemia Pergularia Jittupaku, Dushtupatige NA

74 Climbers

Riveahypocrateriformis

Midnaporecreeper Nirubodi NA

75 Climbers Tinospora cordifolia Giloy Tippatiga, Somida NA

76 Climbers Tylophora indica Indian

ipecackanha Mekkanatinnana aku NA

77 Shrubs Abutilon indicum Indian Mallow Tuturabenda NA78 Shrubs Ageratum conyzoides Goat weed Pumpillu NA

79 Shrubs Allophylus cobbe IndianAllophylus Erra avalu NA

80 Shrubs Anisomelesmalabarica

MalabarCatmint Mahaveera NA

81 Shrubs Breynia vitis-ideaea Phyllanthaceae Erra-balli NA

82 Shrubs Bridelia montana Pantangi, Panchavoni NA83 Shrubs Calotropis gigantea Crown Flower Jilledu NA

84 Shrubs Calycopteris floribunda Paper flowerclimber

Bonta teega, Adavi jama,Pottengi NA

85 Shrubs Carissa carandas Karanda Kalivi NA86 Shrubs Carissa spinarum Wild Karanda Vaka NA

87 Shrubs Cissus quadrangularis Devil'sBackbone Gudametige NA

88 Shrubs Cleistanthus collinus Garari Kodisha NA89 Shrubs Dichrostachys cinerea Sickle Bush Velthuru NA90 Shrubs Dodonaea viscosa Hop Bush Puli-vailu, Bandam NA

91 Shrubs Drypetes sepiaria Wild CaperBush Bira NA

92 Shrubs Erythroxylummonogynum Red Cedar Deva Dharu, Pagadamu

chettu NA

93 Shrubs Euphorbia antiquorum Square MilkHedge Bomma Jemmudu NA

94 Shrubs Euphorbia nivulia Leafy MilkHedge Jemmudu NA

95 Shrubs Euphorbia tirucalli Round MilkHedge Manchi Jemmudu NA

96 Shrubs Gardenia gummifera Cambi gumtree, Bikki NA

97 Shrubs Holarrhena pubescens Indrajao Tedla pala NA98 Shrubs Jatropha curcas Physic Nut Nepalamu NA

99 Shrubs Maytenus emarginatus Notched LeafSoapnut Kukudu-kayalu NA

100 Shrubs Senna auriculata Tanner'sCassia Tagedu NA


Page 209 of 261

101 Shrubs Woodfordia fruticosa Red Bell Bush Jargi, Seringi, Jaji NALC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed, DD -Data Deficient, VU-

Vulnerable

7.8.1.2 FaunaNo notified wildlife sanctuaries are situated within the study area. No rare and endangered

faunalspecies are found in the project area as well as study area.

MammalsDuring the preliminary survey, the sighting of wild animals was negligible in the entire study

area. Hence the assessment of wild life fauna has been carried out on the basis of information

collected from the secondary sources. The study area has mammals like The study area has

mammals like domestic Cows( Hallikar, Deoni,Krishna valle, Malnad gidda,) Domestic

Buffelow ( Surthi, Murrah &Meahsani,) and Domesticated sheeps(Badur & Deccani) are

available etc. List of of Mammals observed in the study area is given in Table 7-20.

Table 7-20 List of Mammals reported/observed in the study areaS.No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name IUCN status

1 Axis axis Hystricidae Chital LC2 Canis aureus Canidae Jackals LC3 Funambulus pennantii Sciuridae Three Striped Squirrel LC4 Herpestes edwardii Herpestidae Common Mongoose NA5 Lapus nigricallis Leporidae Indian Hare LC6 Presbytis phayrei Cercopithecidae Monkey NA7 Rattus rattus Muridae Rat NA8 Rhinolopus spp. Rhinolophidae Bat NA9 Sus scrofa Suidae Indian Wild Boar (Wild Pig) LC

10 Vulpes vulpes Canidae Fox LCLC- Least Concern, , NA-Not yet assessed,

Table 7-21 List of Reptiles Reported/Observed in the Study Area

LC- Least Concern, NA-Not Yet Assessed

S. No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name IUCN status1 Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait Katla pamu LC2 Calotes versicolor Oriental Garden Lizard Tonda LC3 Hemidactylus brookii Spotted Indian House Gecko Nallikeechu LC4 Hemidactylus

flaviviridisHouse Gecko Balli

LC5 Varanus bengalensis Common Indian monitor Udumu LC6 Ptyas mucosus Colubridae Rat snake NA7 Nerodia sipedon Colubridae Fresh water snake LC8 Calotes versicolor Agamidae Garden lizard NA


Page 210 of 261

Table 7-22 List of Amphibians Reported/Observed in the Study Area

LC- Least Concern, NA-Not yet assessed

BirdsBirds observed in the study area are given in Table 7-23.

Table 7-23 List of Birds observed in the study areaS.No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name IUCN status

1 Ardea cinerea Ardeidae Grey Heron LC2 Ardeola grayii Ardeidae Pond Heron/Paddy Bird LC3 Charadrius dubius Charadriidae Little Ringed Plover LC4 Hydrophasianus chirurgus Jacanidae Pheasant-tailed Jacana LC5 Tringa glareola Scolopacidae Spotted Sandpiper LC6 Corvus brachyrhynchos Corvidae Common crow NA7 Pycnonotus cafer Pycnonotidae Pigli-pitta LC8 Dicrurus macrocercus Dicruridae Black drongo LC9 Columba livia Columbidae Nalla Pavuram LC10 Merops orientalis Meropidae Chinna passeriki LC11 Accipiter badius Accipitridae Jaali dega LC12 Elanus caeruleus Accipitridae Adavi Ramadasu LC13 Haliastur indus Accipitridae Bapana Gadda LC14 Milvus migrans Accipitridae Mala Gadda LC15 Aegithina tiphia Aegithinidae Patsu Jitta LC16 Alauda gulgula Alaudidae Nelapichuka LC17 Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae Myna LC18 Saxicola caprata Muscicapidae Kampa Nallanchi LC19 Athene brama Strigidae Pagati Kante LC20 Psittacula krameri Psittaculidae Chiluka LC21 Coturnix coromandelica Phasianidae Ellanchi LC22 Nectarinia asiatica Nectariniidae Thene Pitta LC23 Alcedo atthis Alcedinidae Chinna Neela Buchigaadu LC24 Ceryle rudis Alcedinidae LC25 Halcyon smyrnensis Alcedinidae Tellachathi Buchigaadu LC26 Anhinga melanogaster Anhingidae Paamu Baathu NT27 Nycticorax nycticorax Ardeidae Chinthawaka konga LC28 Ardeola grayii Ardeidae Guddi Konga LC29 Casmerodius albus Ardeidae Pedda Tella Konga LC30 Centropus sinensis Cuculidae LC31 Passer domesticus Passeridae Pichuka LC32 Hirundo rustica Hirundinidae Vanakoyila LC

LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed, DD -Data Deficient,

VU-Vulnerable

S. No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name IUCN status1 Rana hexadactyla Dicroglossidae frog NA2 Rana tigrina Dicroglossidae Bull frog LC


Page 211 of 261

Damage on crop:Table 7-24 Crop production yield report of bidar region

S.No Season Crops Source Average of min yieldkgs/Ha

Average of maxyield kgs/Ha

2014 – 2015

1 Kharif

Rice Irrigated 162 2013Jowar Unirrigated 812 1624Maize Unirrigated 1145 1484Bajra Unirrigated 732 1070Tur Unirrigated 572 1040Blackgram Unirrigated 131 335Greengram Unirrigated 102 320

2015 - 2016

2

Rabi

Jowar Unirrigated 169 2118Sesamum Unirrigated 193 494Sunflower Unirrigated - 234Wheat Unirrigated 1201 1538Gram Unirrigated 641 677

Kharif

Maize Unirrigated 1682 2291Paddy Unirrigated 357 1077Blackgram Unirrigated 85 159Sesamum Unirrigated 148 630Sunflower Unirrigated - 96Tur Unirrigated 312 667

2016 – 2017

3 Rabi

Bengal Gram NonIrrigated

397.87 1225.88

Sorghum(Jowar/GreatMillet)

NonIrrigated

526.87 2585.90

Safflower NonIrrigated

377.18 1178.59

Heat Irrigated 1022.82 1197.432017 – 2018

4 Kharif

Soyabean NonIrrigated

1303.74 2486.22

Pigeon pea (redgram/arthar/tur)

NonIrrigated

1521.98 3341.42

Block Gram (urdbean)

NonIrrigated

612.20 1047.26


NonIrrigated

526.87 2585.90

2018 – 2019

5 Kharif

Soyabean Non Irrigated 417.29 1774.83Pigeon pea (redgram/arthar/tur)

Non Irrigated 349.19 1668.24

Soyabean Non Irrigated 417.29 1774.83


Page 212 of 261

S.No Season Crops Source Average of min yieldkgs/Ha

Average of maxyield kgs/Ha

Paddy Irrigated 578.99 1537.98Sesame(Gingelly/Til)/Sesamum




Sunflower Non Irrigated 108.59Green gram(Moongbean/Moong)


Black gram Non Irrigated 396.73 566.93Note: Source of crop: Government of Karnataka, Directorate of Economics and Statistics &

District Statistical Centre Bidar.

As per observation in the study area mostly floral species are least concern and as per

government data the crop production average yield is based on the rainfall intensity Kharif &

Rabi season.

The Project site in the Humnabad industrial area, since the industry was already well

established before 2008, there is no felling of major trees except removal of shrubs. So there

is no significant impact on the crop.

Damage on Fauna:The Biodiversity assessment in the study area revealed that there are significant wildlife

habitations.

Table 7-25 List of Fauna as per Humnabad Forest department

S. No Scientific Name Family Name CommonName

Status in Wildlife Protection Act1972

1 Vulpes bengalensis Canidae Indian Fox Sch II (part I)2 Pavo cristatus Phasianidae Peacock Sch I (part III)3 Lapus nigricollis Leporidae Indian Hare Sch IV4 M.Mulatta Cercopithecidae Monkey Sch II (part I)

Soruce: Humnabad Forest department (Govt of Karnataka) List of fauna species letter dated04.04.2019,Damage on Ecology

Table 7-26 Water bodies &R forest within in 10 km from the project siteS. No Name Distance (~Km) DirectionWater Bodies

1 Chandri/ Dodda Halla 1.87 N2 Mullahmari N 9.84 SSW


Page 213 of 261

3 Mullahmari Reservoir 9.35 SW4 Dodda Halla 14.27 SE5 Mullahmari Left Bank Canal 8.74 S6 Mullahmari Right Bank Canal 10.58 SSW7 Mullahmari R 12.69 WSW

Reserve Forests1 Hudgi RF 9.36 ESE2 RF near Laldhari 3.18 SW3 RF near Mustapura 5.84 SW4 RF near Malkapurwadi 13.26 NE5 Bilkhera RF 12.94 ESE6 RF near Talmadgi 14.78 E7 RF near Shamtabad 14.76 ESE8 RF near Malsapura 12.8 SE9 Rampura RF 12.13 SE


As per observation in the study area mostly floral species are least concern and as pergovernment data the crop production average yield is based on the rainfall intensity Kharif &Rabi season. The Project site in Humnabad KIADB Industrial Area, since the industrywas already well established, there is no felling of major trees except removal of shrubs.So there is no significant impact on the crop.

Baseline status of vegetation clearly suggests that project area is mainly barren landdevoid of large trees and mainly consists of scattered and sparse vegetation. However,their population is quite small and isolated in the buffer area. Under the Green Beltdevelopment plan suitable species of herbs and trees will be used for plantations basedon “Guidelines for Developing Greenbelt” published by Central Pollution Control Board(CPCB) by involving local forest department or local community people.

• There is no notified eco-sensitive area, Nation parks, rivers/water bodies within the

study area.

• Air pollution due to industrial activity are within the CPCB norms and adequate APC

measures are in placed.

• There is no effluent disposal outside, ZLD systems is adopted.

• Domestic wastewater is collected in septic tank followed by soak pit, is cleaned

periodically.

• The Project site in the KIADB Industrial Area, since the industry was already well

established in 2006, due to this project activity there is no any disturbance in the

ecological circumstance. So there is no significant impact on the ecology.


Page 214 of 261

• Since the industry was already well established, there is no felling of trees, so

ecological damage is envisaged is negligible.

7.8.2 Socio Economic

Health of HumanDuring consultation with Bidar Government hospital, There are no major diseases in the Bidar

Taluk, mostly Diarrhea, Diabetes & Hyper tension & are found more. So there is no major

impact on the human health due to this industry.

Occupational Health & Safety:Impacts:

• Air pollution due to Industry Activities• Noise due to Industry activities

Measures taken by M/s. Sri Venkat Sai Organics for Occupational Health &Safety:• Adequate stack height with APC measures to control the air pollution as per CPCB

norms.

• Green Belt development.

• Periodical health check up for employees.

• Provided Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) to all staff and workers

Health of Human:Table 7-27 List of diseases & people affected in Humnabad area

Year

Out Patient Department Inpatient Department

Diabetes

Hypertension

Acuteheartdisease

Mentalillness

Ophthalmic

Epilepsy

Stroke

Malaria

Dengue

Typhoid

AcuteCOPD

TB

Pyrexia

Diarrhea

Hepatitis

2017 –2018

645 937 20 258 810 21 8 - - 63 40 08 94 1554 3

2018 –2019

480 532 120 69 745 6 2 - - 99 27 10 101 419 11

There are no major diseases in the Humnabad area, mostly Diarrhea, Hyper tension &

Ophthalmic are found more. So there is no major impact on the human health due to this

industry.


Page 215 of 261

Occupational Health & Safety:Impacts:

Air pollution due to Industry Activities

Noise due to Industry activities

Measures taken by SVSO for Occupational Health &Safety:

Adequate stack height with APC measures to control the air pollution as per CPCB

norms.

Green Belt development.

Periodical health check up to employees.

Provided Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) to all staff and workers

Amount of 3 laks/Year is invested to ensure the occupational health & safety measures

are in place for all contract and casual workers.

7.9 Summary of Damage Assessment

Air pollution control measures for boiler, DG and process are in place as per therecommendations of KSPCB.

Soil and Hazardous waste management system is in practice. Effluent is treated and recycled for utilites. Sewage is collected in RCC septic tanks which is cleaned once in six months.

Based on the assessment there is negligible damage due to the manufacture of products

without obtaining prior EC. Hence Remediation plan for damage assessment, Natural

Resource Augmentation Plan & Community Resource Augementation Plan not proposed.

However, project proponent will allocate Rs.10,00,000/- which is the approximately 10% of the

profit earned by the proponent in the above said period 2008-2017 for nearby natural resource

and community development (for which appropriate bank guarantee will be provided).


Page 216 of 261

CHAPTER – 8PROJECT BENEFITS


Page 217 of 261

8. PROJECT BENEFITS The proposed expansion of production capacity will fulfill the market requirement and

play a vital role in the Bulk Drug Intermediates and Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients

(APIs), sectors and thereby address the market demand and Social benefits.

The products manufactured at this facility will be exported that will aid in adding

revenue to the state as well as nation.

Due to proposed project employment will be increased as permanent employment for

75 Nos and Temporary employment for 50 nos. And other indirect employment

opportunities to nearby villages people during construction and operational phase.

Project proponent will allocate Rs.10,00,000/- which is the approximately 10% of the

profit earned by the proponent in the above said period 2008-2017 for nearby natural

resource and community development (for which appropriate bank guarantee will be

provided).

33% of greenbelt will be complained during expansion as environmental benefits. All

recommended mitigation measures will be followed and complained to avoid the

negative impacts on environment.


Page 218 of 261


COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS


Page 219 of 261

9. ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITANALYSIS

(not recommonded during Scoping stage)


Page 220 of 261


MANAGEMENT PLAN


Page 221 of 261

10. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Introduction

This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for M/s. Sri Venkata Sai Organics (SVSO),

identifies the principles, procedures and methods that will be used to control and minimize the

environmental impacts of the proposed construction and operational activities associated with

the expansion project development. It is intended to ensure the commitments made by the

proponent to minimize project related environmental and social impacts.

As part of ongoing commitment to excellence in environmental and social performance, the

proponent will ensure the following:

Fulfill all environmental conditions associated with project approvals.

Develop, promote and foster a shared sense of responsibility for environmental and

performance of the project.

Promote environmental awareness and understanding among employees and

contractors through training, identification of roles and responsibilities towards

environmental management

Linking project performance to overall environmental performance.

To monitor the environmental performance throughout the project and implement an

adaptive management approach for continuous improvement and to meet the

regulations.

10.2 Objectives of EMP

To suggest the formation of a core group (Environment Management Cell) responsible

for implementation of environmental control & protective measures as well as

monitoring of such implementation.

To ensure project components are compliant with all laws and approval conditions.

Facilitate a continual review of post construction and operation activities.

To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize adverse impact and to

maximize beneficial impacts like.

Preparation of greenbelt Development plan.

Preparation of rain water harvesting scheme and energy conservation actions

To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost for Environmental

Management Plan.

To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigation measures.


Page 222 of 261

Measure the effectiveness and success of proposed mitigation measures by baseline

monitoring periodically.

10.3 EMP Roles and Responsibilities

Environmental Management Cell (EMC)

All the activities will be monitored to ensure the appropriate implementation of all

environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmental

management plan compliance is not satisfied.

For effective implementation of the system, it is also necessary to have a permanent

organizational set-up. Company has set-up permanent Environmental Management

Cell (EMC) for the effective implementation and monitoring of environmental

management system.

The company assigned responsibility to the concerned for implementation of

environmental control measures.

The Environmental Management Cell (EMC) set-up by the company is given in Figure

10-1.

Figure 10-1 Environmental Management Cell

This section describes the organizational structure and responsibilities for

implementation of the EMP as shown in Table 10-2.

Managing Director of the company will be responsible for total environmental

management.


Page 223 of 261

Table 10-1 EMC Responsibility

S.No. Designation Responsibilities

1 ManagingDirector

Establish an Environment Management Cell. Responsible for overall environmental management. Regularly coordinate

with GM and take feedback regarding all the activities performed under EMand give directions to succeeding component.

Provide sufficient funds for environmental management cell to reduce theenvironment impacts.

2 GM –Operations

Keep aware the Management about all the activities performed under EMC. To ensure and study the feasibility of pollution control devices working

considering the present and future requirements and to suggest forimprovements if any.

To ensure, implement and follow all the required safety procedures &facilities, avoid the unsafe act & conditions, organizing safety trainings,mock drills, availability of onsite &off site emergency plans. Plan &implement Good safety committee.

3 EHS head

Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget forEnvironment Management Program.

To deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with theconditions prescribed by KSPCB.

Non compliance / violation of environmental norms, if any are reported toGM and immediate required action is taken.

Occupational health Surveillence to be carried Ensure adequate safety measures are available with the unit

4 Executives

Treatment and disposal of trade effluents and sewage effluent as perconsent.

Carryout ambient air quality monitoring as per consent. Monitoring the stack / chimney. Hazardous waste management handling and disposal. Plant and maintain adequate numbers of trees and gardens around the

Industry Applying and getting the consent of operation of air & water and

authorization to store the hazardous waste Daily ETP department work plan execution. Preparation of SOP and ETP related documents. Sampling the effluent at different stages and analyzing to check the

efficiency of the plant such as pH, COD, BOD, TDS and alkalinity. Record the readings in the log sheet and preparation of daily report. Coordinating with outside agency to carry out the AAQ, stack, Fugitive

emission, noise level monitoring and water quality parameters checking. Preparation of monthly returns (Form No.1, Form No.3 & analysis report),

Form No.13, Form No.4, Form No.5 and compliance to KSPCB. Ensuring Plant and Process Safety

Safety Health and Environment Policy of Sri Venkar Sai OrganicsThe, company has Safety, Health & Environment (SHE) policy to adhere with standard

operating process in order to comply with the statutory and bring into focus any infringement


Page 224 of 261

of any norms and directives with regards to the SHE and to take further corrective actions.The

Safety , Health and Environment policy is given in Figure 10.2.

The HSE team will look after the operation of Air Pollution Control devices, Effluent Treatment

Plant, Solid and hazardous waste management plan and monitor and control the

environmental quality. Members of the HSE Group will be well qualified and experienced in

the concern fields

Routine tests of wastewater such as pH, Suspended solids, temperature etc. will be carried

out in the laboratory that would be established on site. However, for additional tests of water,

wastewater, soil, Ambient air etc., services of accredited laboratories as well as a consultant

would be hired.


Page 225 of 261

Figure 10-2 Environmental policy

.Compliance to the conditions in Consent OrderCompliance to the consented conditions shall be observed with respect to the following Acts,

Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974

Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1981

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules 2016.


Page 225 of 261







Page 225 of 261







Page 226 of 261

Table 10-2 Compliance to the Consent Condition

S. No. Description Frequency Remark

1. Renewal of Consent Once in everyyear

Application for renewal shall be done 60 daysbefore the expiry date for both Air and waterconsent

2. EnvironmentalStatement Once in a year Would be submitted for every financial year before

30th September of next year.

3. Hazardous WasteReturns Once in a year Would be submitted for every financial year before

30th June of next year.4. Cess Returns Monthly Twelve Returns would be submitted every year.

10.4 EMP for Construction Phase

Environmental impacts during the construction phase can be attributed to the site preparation

activity and the mobilization of workforce. The impacts of the construction phase on the

environment would be basically of transient nature and are expected to wear out gradually on

completion of the construction programme. However, once the construction of the project is

completed and its operations started, these operation stage impacts would overlap the

impacts due to the construction activities.

In order to mitigate such impacts and restrict them within tolerable levels, the following

measures shall be adopted:

1. Proper and prior planning of approach and access roads, and appropriate sequencing

and scheduling of all major construction activities.

2. Adoption of appropriate soil conservation programme and its timely implementation in

the proposed project site.

3. Initiation of an appropriate landscape programme including plantation of trees and

flowering plants in and around the project site particularly, at all available spaces which

would serve the dual purpose of controlling fugitive dust and abatement of noise levels

in addition to improving the aesthetics of the area.

4. Water sprinkling in the vulnerable areas to suppress the dust generated during

excavation, levelling and other operations.

5. Use of properly tuned construction machinery & vehicles in good working condition

with low noise & emission and engines turned off when not in use.

6. Control of quality of construction wastewater within the construction site through

suitable drainage system with traps for arresting the sediment load for its proposed

disposal into the main natural drainage system around the site.


Page 227 of 261

7. Implementation of suitable disposal methods of sediment/ construction debris at

designated places to avoid water logging at construction site.

8. Provision of protective gears such as ear mufflers etc. for construction personnel

exposed to high noise levels and locating the temporary labour sheds for housing the

construction labourers away from the construction site.

10.5 EMP for Operational Phase

Monitoring during the operation phase shall reflect those environmental and socio-economic

issues that may persist upon completion of construction activities. Monitoring shall focus on

evaluating the effectiveness of project mitigation measures and continue baseline monitoring

and sampling. The mitigation measures to prevent adverse impact during the operation phase

of the project shall focus on the following:

1. Air quality

2. Noise environment

3. Water quality and water resources

4. Solid and hazardous waste

5. Land environment

6. Ecology

7. Socio Economic

10.5.1 Air QualityThe major source of emission is from Boiler, reactors & DG. APC measures are adequate

stack height to disperse the pollutants. Existing boiler is provided with cyclone separator,

proposed 5 TPH boiler will also be provided with, cyclone separator to control pollutants

getting released atmosphere. The all reactors are connected to individual scrubber and stacks

(2 Nos) with adequate height (9m AGL). Adequate green belt has been developed to mitigate

the pollution arising due to movement of vehicles. Regular monitoring of DG-Stack and

Ambient air quality will be carried out. APC measures for existing and proposed are provided

in Table 10-3 and Table10-4 respectivily.


Page 228 of 261

Table 10-3 Air Pollution Control Measures (Existing)

S.No.

Description of Source ofGeneration Emission APC measures Point of Discharge

height in meters

1 Reactor (4 Nos) Acid fumes Individual wet scrubberare connected to stack 9 AGL

2 Steam Boiler 0.5 TPHSO2, NOx& PM

Cyclone Separator &Individual Stack 22 AGL

3 Exsting: DG 1 x 160 kVA Individual Stacks 6 ARL

Table 10-4 Air Pollution Control Measures (After expansion)

S.No.

Description of Source ofGeneration Emission APC measures Point of Discharge

height in meters

1 Reactor (10Nos) Acid fumes Individual wet scrubberare connected to stack 9 AGL

2 Boiler 5 TPH (Coal fired) SO2, NOx&PM

Bagfilter & CycloneSeparator & Individual

Stack30 AGL

3 Proposed:DG 1 x 600 kVA Individual Stacks 6 ARL

Fugitive emission control measures and odour control measures are given in Chapter 2,Section 2.21.1.1

10.5.2 Noise EnvironmentThe major source of noise pollution in the industry is DG sets, boilers, reactors, Air

compressors, Boiler feed water pumps. DG sets are provided with integral acoustic

enclosures. Also the ambient noise levels will be ensured within the ambient standards by

inbuilt design of mechanical equipment and buildings apart from vegetation along the

periphery and at various locations within the industry premises. The plant will be specifically

designed with due consideration on minimizing noise pollution. Higher noise levels will be felt

only near the active working areas and therefore the workers are provided with personal

protective equipment as a safety measure.

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact of operation phase of the

project on the surrounding noise environment.

i. All the noise generating equipments will be designed / operated to ensure that noise

level does not exceed 75-70 dB (A) at plant boundary as per the requirement of Central

/ State Pollution Control Board.


Page 229 of 261

ii. Noise generating sources will be maintained properly to minimize noise generated by

them.

iii. Wherever feasible, acoustic enclosures will be provided for compressors, DG

iv. Compliance with noise control norms will be given due importance at the time of

purchase of various equipments and it will be mentioned while placing the purchase

orders and guarantee for noise standards will be sought from suppliers.

v. Moreover, all the personnel working in other high noise generating areas too will be

provided with sufficient ear protecting devices.

vi. Green belt will act as a noise barrier.

vii. Training will be imparted to personnel to generate awareness about effects of noise and

importance of using PPEs.

10.5.3 Water and Wastewater ManagementDuring operation phase, water requirement of proposed project will be mainly for process,

cooling water, boiler , domestic use, fire water & green belt etc.

The water requirement for the existing facility is 26.9 KLD, which is met by water from ground

water and private water suppliers. Water requirement for proposed expansion will be 75.0

KLD(fresh water 49.1 KLD and treated water 25.9 KLD). Apart from this additional water of

103.5 KLD as one time use for boiler, which will be recirculated and loss will be compensated

from recycled effluent. During expansion construction water requirement will be 50 KLD. The

water requirement after proposed expansion will be met through existing Bore well within the

facility and land private tankers. Details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.13.2.

Wastewater will be generated from industrial activities it will be treated in ETP(MEE), Zero

Liquid Discharge will be maintained, hence the impact due to the proposed project will be very

minimal.

Sewage from domestic use (4.9 KLD) will be treated in proposed STP of 5 KLD and recycled

for green belt development.

10.5.3.1 Rainwater harvesting and Ground water rechargingRainwater harvesting is an important component of wise resource use and environmental

management. The total amount/quantity of water i.e., received in the form of rainfall over an

area is called the rain water endowment of that area, out of which the amount of water that

can be effectively harvested is called the rain water harvesting potential. The collection

efficiency accounts for the fact that all the rain water falling over an area cannot be effectively

harvested due to losses on account of evaporation, spillage or run off etc.,


Page 230 of 261

Figure 10-3 Schematic diagram of Rain water Harvesting

Rainwater Harvesting will be implemented to conserve rainwater. Roof top

area,greenbelt/green area, road/paved area and open areas proposed in the unit are

considered for catchment of rainwater which can be harvested.The approximate quantities of

rainwater that can be harvested are summarized below;

The equation used for run off estimation is based on CPCB guidelines on ‘Concepts and

Practices for Rain water Harvesting’- Oct 2001.The calculations are based on the following:

Average annual rainfall is 904.9mm based on 1970-2000 IMD data

Average No of rainy days are 54.2

Run off co-efficient are considered as given by CPCB guidelines

Table 10-5 Rainwater Harvesting-run of co-efficient calculations (Proposed)

S.No Land Use Distribution Area

(m2)Volume

(m3)Run off

CoefficientVolume

Harvested(KL)Volume of runoffharvested (KLD)

1 Ground coverage area 1879 1360.2 0.8 1088.2 20.12 Open Space 2640 1911.1 0.4 764.46 14.13 Green Belt Area 3481 2520 0.4 1007.99 18.5

Total 8000 5791.4 1.6 2860.64 52.7

Storage Ponds/ TanksIn addition to roof top rainwater harvesting, the unit will also adopt storage tank /pond system

for storm water storage. From these storage facilities, water can be pumped directly to points

of demand or supplied through over-head tanks. Silt trap pits and filter beds have to be

maintained beforeletting the water to the storage pond / tank. The storage tanks are properly

cemented to avoid leakage or seepage into ground. One tank is proposed during expansion

with dimensions of 7m x 5 m x 2m and these structures will be maintained.


Page 231 of 261

10.5.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste ManagementMunicipal Solid waste managementThe source of Municipal solid waste in the industry will be from the domestic use. Solid wastes

generated will be stored and disposed to municipal authority.

Hazardous Waste Management

The various hazardous waste generated from the process are spent solvent, distillation

residues, chemical sludge from the effluent treatment plant and discarded bags from the raw

materials section. The hazardous wastes will be stored separately in hazardous waste storage

area and disposed to KSPCB authorized vendors within a stipulated period of time. Hazardous

waste materials will be properly disposed as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes

(Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 1989 and subsequent amendment in

2016. Solid and hazardous wastes generated in the facility and their disposal methods are

detailed in the Chapter 2, Section 2.14.

10.5.5 Land EnvironmentFollowing measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during operational phase of the

project on the land environment.

Air emissions are effectively controlled by use of stacks & scrubbers and therefore

deposition of air pollutants in and around the premises and surrounding area is not

envisaged.

Disposal of solid waste is carried out through authorized vendor.

Plant is maintaining ZLD. No effluent is discharged directly on land without treatment.,

impact on the land environment is not envisaged.

Hazardous materials are prohibited to be drained or dumped in the premises.

Accidental spills will be cleaned, reported and monitored.

Thus, no impact on land is envisaged due to discharge of gaseous emission, solid

waste or liquid effluent from the proposed expansion of production capcity and product

change.

10.5.6 EcologyThe proposed project is equipped with Zero Liquid Discharge treatment system, and the

treated effluent will be recycled for various application as shown in Table 2-14. Municipal Solid

wastes generated during the operation phase are disposed off through authorized vendor and

hence no impact is anticipated due to solid waste in and around the site. The air pollution

control devices including greenbelt are already in place in the facility will control release of air


Page 232 of 261

pollutants to a greater extent. It is expected that the ecology of the region is preserved by

these mitigation measures.

10.5.7 Socio – Economic EnvironmentProposed project will create employment for 75 nos permanent and as contractual 50 nos

during operation phase total 125 Nos. And during construction phase and 50 Nos

Due to the proposed project various modes of indirect employment i.e. transportation,

increased business opportunities to shopkeepers, small scale business entrepreneurs etc. will

lead to development of the area.

10.6 Available Safety Systems

10.6.1 Fire Hydrant SystemA pressurized (6 kg/cm2); automatically operated Fire Hydrant System is installed in the plant

with rings and wet risers around all blocks to achieve maximum coverage. Water reservoir of

200 m3 (Hydrant Tank) capacity is provided for approximately 2 hr fire fighting. Following are

the details of the system. Existing fire hydrant system photographs are shown in Figure 10-4

Jockey pump of 40 m3/hrs @ 60m head capacity with pressure switches

Main electrical pump of 130 m3/hrs @ 70m head capacity pressure switches and

delivers water at 6 kg/cm2

Yard Hydrant points - 19 Nos.

Hose Boxes – 19 Nos. (Each Hose Box contains 2 Nos. of hoses and 1 No. of

Nozzle)

Hose Reel Drums – 2 Nos.

Foam Concentrate tank of capacity 1000 Lts

Water Monitor – 1 No.

Mobile Foam Unit

Two way fire brigade inlet

Automatic sprinkler system in chemical storage tank area.


Page 233 of 261

Figure 10-4 Existing Fire hydrant photographs

10.6.2 Fire Extinguisher

Suitability of fire extinguishers:Depending on the combustible material, fires have been classified into four types. Suitability of

extinguishing media for different fires is provided in the following Table 10-6.

Table 10-6 Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different FiresS.No Class of fire Suitable Fire Extinguisher

1 Class A:Organic Material i.e. wood, papers, rubber & plastics. DCP, Mechanical Foam

2Class B:Flammable Liquid and Flammable Gases i.e., PetroleumProducts, Paints, Chemicals etc.

Mechanical Foam, CO2 andDCP

3 Class C:Electrical DCP and CO2

4 Class D:Flammable Metals i.e. Lithium, Sodium, and Potassium etc. Special DCP, Sand

The company has trained personnel for fire fighting and intends to improve the fire fighting

skills of employee by conducting frequent training on Fire fighting.

The unit has 47 Nos. of different types (CO2, Water Jet, Mechanical Foam, DCP and sand

buckets) of portable fire extinguishers placed in all prominent places of the factory. Table 10-6shows different types fire extinguisher available.

07.09.2019

07.09.2019 07.09.2019


Page 234 of 261

Table 10-7 Fire extinguishers available at existing facilityS. No Type Capacity Quantity (Nos)

1 Foam – AFFF compound 50 Lts. 022 Dry chemical powder 25 Kgs. 083 CO2 9.5 Kgs. 054 Foam branches Coupled to Fire hydrant system 085 Water monitors Coupled to Fire hydrant system 046 Fire buckets 10 Kgs. 20

Total 47

10.6.3 Emergency Equipments and PPEsThe unit has total 2 number of Emergency cupboards, at al the Production Blocks and

Department,each Emergency Cupboard consist the following items

Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)

Air suits / Air Line Respirators

Nose Mask – 50nos

PVC / Acid Suit

Helmet- Provided to individuals

Ear Plug- 5

Safety Glass- 10 & Face Shield- to individuals

Gum boot- to individuals

Safety Belt- in safety dept.

Manila Rope / Life Safety Rope

Fire Axe

Fire Proximity Suit

Fire Gel Blankets / Water Gel Blanket

Resuscitator

Spill Kit

Safety Ladder

Emergency Flameproof Torches

Hand gloves-10nos

Spill Emergency Mitigation Procedure

Spill Kit is kept in all Emergency cupboards.

Once the spill is observed, Spill Kit shall be collected from the nearest area/emergency

cupboard installed and neutralizing agent (if required) based on the nature of the spill.

In case if the spill is not controlled, immediately declare the emergency as per

emergency response procedure.


Page 235 of 261

While handling the spill, use most appropriate PPE's like SCBA, chemical suit, acid/

alkali proof hand gloves, face shield, safety goggles, gum boots or even respiratory

masks with suitable cartridges.

Once the spill is controlled using Sorbent pad/Boom collect in a double polythene bag

and secure with the plastic ties. Dispose it as per applicable disposal procedure.

Report the incident of spill to EHS department through online incident reporting

System.

Once in a month, the items of the Spill Kit shall be inspected and recorded by EHS

representatives of the individual area.

10.6.3.1 Eye Wash Fountain and Safety ShowerThe unit will have total 2 Nos. of Eye wash fountain / Safety showers in existing plant. 2Nos of

Eye washers are proposed during expanion in nearby production blocks.

10.7 Work Zone Monitoring Equipments

The unit will have multi gas / toxic gas and oxygen detectors in that multi gas detector can be

used to check oxygen, LEL, VOC, CO and H2S concentration in atmosphere and also in

confined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks, underground tanks, sump etc and

oxygen detector can be used for checking oxygen concentration in atmosphere and also in

confined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks, underground tanks, sump etc.

The unit will also have Hydro Carbon Sensors (HCS), installed in all critical areas and these

will provide the alarm once the set level is crossed.

10.7.1 Wind Sack / Wind Direction IndicatorWind sacks are placed above the Administration Block buildings.

10.8 Occupational Health Centre (OHC)

SVSO has agreement with Dr .Veeresh Bhamshety Hospital, Humnabad, Bidar for their

valuable service during emergency along with 24/7 ambulance facility.

10.8.1 First Aid BoxesA first aid kit is a collection of supplies and equipment for use in giving first aid. First Aid boxes

are available in Security Room, Admin Block and at OHC. First Aid items will be issued to

injure only by authorized persons.

Following are the contents of First Aid Box,

a. Dettol – Antiseptic solution

b. Ciplox – Eye Drops


Page 236 of 261

c. Soframycin – Skin ointment

d. Silverex – Burn ointment

e. Betadine – Microbicidal solution

f. Iodex – Pain reliever

g. Sterilized Cotton Wool

h. Surgical Paper Tape

i. Small Sterilized Dressings

j. Medium Sterilized Dressings

k. Roller Bandage – 5 cm wide

l. Roller Bandage – 10cm wide

m. Band Aid

n. Crocin / Paracetamol Tablet

Along with the above safety systems, company also ensured the below safety features to

ensure Zero Accident.

1. No ignitable zones are declared and marked so.

2. Work permit system with strict compliance.

3. Dedicated chemical storage area with good ventilation and exhaust system and all

chemical are stored as per compatibility.

4. Dyke walls provided for the day storage chemical tanks.

5. All reactors provided with safety valves followed by rupture discs and relief valve

outlets are extended.

6. Calibration is ensured for the gauges of pressure, temperature and vacuum.

7. All reactors will be hydro tested and certified by the competent person once in a

year.

8. Body earthing provided to all equipments involved in the process, electrical earthing,

static earting and instrument earthing provided wherever required.

9. Air handling units (AHUs) with BIBO (Bag In Bag Out) are provided to keep the work

environment in controlled manner (air flow pattern, temperature and humidity) to

reduce the exposure to chemicals.

10. Ventilation air units (VAUs) and Exhaust air units (EAUs) and are provided to ensure

good ventilation in the work environment.

Emergency Organization Chart is provided in Figure 10-5.


Page 237 of 261

Figure 10-5 Emergency Organization Chart

10.9 Occupational Health And Safety Program

M/s. Sri Venkata Sai Organics provides a safe and healthy work environment to its employees

by conducting annual medical check-ups for all the employees. SOP for Occupational Health

and Safety Programme is enclosed as Annexure- 16.The main objectives are:

1. Maintenance and promotion of workers’ health and working capacity.

2. Improvement of working environment by following well-being program for its

employees.

3. Monitor the workplace to maintain industrial hygiene practices.

4. Development of work culture in a direction which will support health and safety at

work and thereby promoting positive social climate for smooth operation that will

enhance productivity.

5. SVSO will allocate Rs 3.0 Lakhs for Occupational health and safety of employees.

6. Area monitoring is done.

7. Employees undergo annual health check-up.

8. All personnel are provided with personal Protective equipments individually as

required.


During the construction phase the following measures will be employed;

1. Personal Protective equipments will be provided to the workers.


Page 238 of 261

2. Occupational Health Centre will be facilitated to address the emergencies that may

arise.

3. Personnel will be trained about firefighting systems and first aid practices.

4. Regular monitoring of occupational health of employees.

10.11 Operation Phase

General Functions of the safety committee are;

1. Conduct routine workplace inspections.

2. Provide Personal Protective Equipment.

3. Develop and implement safe work procedures and rules.

4. Provide on-going safety training & Enforce safety rules and appropriate discipline.

5. Promote safety awareness and reduce the potential for injury/loss.

6. Identify workplace hazards.

7. Enforce of safety rules, measure safety performance & reduce frequency/severity of

injuries.

Table 10-8 Action plan for Occupational Health & Safety of workers(2020-2021)

S.No Activities Frequency Fund (INR) Remarks1 Periodical medical checkups Yearly once 1,50,000 --2 Mock drill on Emergencies Once in six months 1,00,000 --3 Training on First Aid Once in six months 30,000 --4 Training on Handling safety kits Once in six months 20,000 --

Total per year(INR)Rs. 3,00,000 --

10.12 Occupational Health Monitoring

Medical Surveillance Program: Medical surveillance program is essential to assess and

monitor employees' health and fitness both prior to employment and during the course of

work; to determine fitness for duty and to provide emergency and other treatment as needed.

Effectiveness of a medical program depends on active involvement of employees. SVSO

medical surveillance program include following major elements. Annual Medical report of

employees is enclosed as Annexure-17.1. Developing a OH-IH Medical Surveillance Program.

2. Pre-Employment Examination and Periodic Medical Examinations

3. Determination of Fitness for Duty.

4. Communications.

5. Emergency Medical Treatment.

6. Medical Records.


Page 239 of 261

Pre-Employment Screening / Examinations - All employees shall be subject to pre-

placement medical examinations to determine their fitness for the jobs on site. Potential

exposures to the work environment shall be considered before placing an employee on the

job.

Periodic Medical Examinations - Periodic medical examination is the same as the pre-

employment screening and may be modified according to current conditions, such as changes

in the employee's symptoms, site hazards or exposures.

Comparison of sequential medical reports with baseline data is essential to determine biologic

trends that may mark early signs of adverse health effects, and thereby facilitate appropriate

protective measures. The frequency and content of examinations are normally one year. Apart

from this for workers working in Hazardous area, medical examination is conducted by Doctor

Authorized by Factory Inspectorate.

10.13 Safety, Health and Environment Policy

M/s Sri Venkata Sai Organics is manufacturing Bulk Drugs and Drug Intermediates for Quality,

Environmental, Occupational Safety and Health drives and perform its operations in

responsible fashion. M/s Sri Venkata Sai Organics’s Safety, Health and Environmental policy

is enclosed as Annexure-25.

10.14 Corporate Environmental Responsibility

The company is aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfil the social obligations,

company employed semi-skilled and skilled labour from the nearby villages as much as

possible and also try to generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by

appointing local contract workers However, project proponent will allocate Rs.10,00,000/-

which is the approximately 10% of the profit earned by the proponent in the above said period

2008-2017 for nearby natural resource and community development (for which appropriate

bank guarantee will be provided).

Proposed CER activities for next five years are provided in Table 10-10.

Table 10-9 CER plan for next three years, 2020 to 2023

S. No Period Name of thevillage Name of the activity

1 2020-21 Gadvanthi furniture for Govt.School

2 2021-22 Gadvanthi Green Belt development at village roads with 100trees

3 2022-23 Gadvanthi Solar lighting for village streets


Page 240 of 261

10.15 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan (EMP)

Capital cost of Rs.372 Lakhs and operating cost of Rs.44 Lakhs is proposed for

Enviironmental Management.The cost estimate for Environment Management Plan is provided

in Table 10-10.

Table 10-10 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan

S. No Equipment Capital Cost (lakh) Recurring Cost (lakh)1 ETP 100.0 10.02 MEE 200.0 20.03 STP 12.0 1.54 Greenbelt Area 5.0 1.05 DG Acoustic & Stack 5.0 1.06 Online Monitor 10.0 1.07 Boiler Chimney 30.0 5.08 Scrubber 10.0 5.0

Total 372.0 44.0

10.16 Greenbelt Development

Approximately 1200 no. of trees are required to comply the green belt as per CPCB Norm

(1500 Nos/Ha). The existing facility having 25% (2000 Sq.m) of the area which is developed

with 400 trees.Additional 640 sq.m will be alloted to comply the 33% of the greenbelt and

remaining trees (800 Nos) will be developed in a phased manner during proposed project.

A capital cost of INR 5.0 Lakhs is earmarked for this purpose and INR of 1.0 Lakhs is

allocated for recurring expenses towards green belt development and maintenance. The

layout of the greenbelt and green areas enclosed as Annexure 13. Existing green belt

photographs are given in Figure10.6

Existing greenbelt species: Neem (Azadirchta indica) – 250 Nos

Gulmohar (Delonix regia) -150 Nos

Proposed Species: Neem (Azadirchtaindica) – 200 Nos

Pongam Tree, Indian Beech Tree(Pongamia Pinnata) - 200 Nos

Ippe (Madhuca indica) - 200

Arali (Ficus religiosa L) - 200 Nos


Page 241 of 261

Figure 10-6 Existing green belt photographsThe purpose of developing the greenbelt in and around the industrial site is for:

Preventing land degradation and erosion of topsoil due to activities duringconstruction phase.

Containment and abatement of pollution in the industrial environment,capturing of fugitive emissions if any and thereby improving the quality ofthe surrounding environment.

Substantially reducing the adverse environmental impacts due to theproposed industrial activity.

Serving as a barrier for attenuating the intensity of noise generated. Enhancing the biodiversity index of the region. Adding aesthetic value to the project site. Maintaining the ecological equilibrium of the area.

The following general guidelines and measures will be adopted:

The plantation of trees will be initiated with start of the construction stage so that

substantial growth may be achieved when the project is completed. The greenbelt

development programme will be drawn to conform to natural climatic conditions and

adaptability of the species.

Species involved in afforestation will be indigenous, fast growing and eco-friendly.

Proper drainage system and proper plantation techniques will be adopted.

Plantation will be properly maintained and protected by fencing from grazing and

felling. The plantations will consist of a mixture of carefully chosen locally available

species of trees, shrubs and herbs, preferably evergreen and resistant to pollution.


Page 242 of 261

CHAPTER – 11SUMMARY & CONCLUSION


Page 243 of 261

11. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 Background of the Project

The main activity of industry is manufacturing of Bulk Drug and Active Pharmaceutical

Ingredient (APIs). SVSO is currently manufacturing 2 products with a total production capacity

of 420 MTPA. Now proposing 6 new products with a total capacity of 1572 MTPA which

includes reduction of consented manufacturing quantity of 1 existing product from 300 MTPA

to 120 MTPA and deleting 1 existing product with the consented quantity of 120 MTPA along

with some additional facilities. After expansion, SVSO will produce 7 products with total

capacity of 1692 MTPA (6 new products and 1 existing product). The list of products and their

respective quantities are given in Table 1-1.


proposed expansion, sufficient area is available for the proposed expansion, only additional

facilities will be proposed for expansion,ground coverage area will be increase from 737.6

sq.m to 1879 sq.m.

The facility is located at Sy.No.57 & 58, Plot. 132, of Humnabad Industrial area, Gadavanthi

Village, Humnabad Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State– 585 530. SVSO corporate office is

located at Flat No.3-6-536, Raja Residency, 3-6-536, Rd. No. 7, Himayat Nagar, Hyderabad –

500029, Telangana.

11.2 Location of Project Site

M/s. Sri Venkat Sai Organics is located at Plot. No: 57 & 58, Humnabad village, Bidar Taluk,

Bidar District, Karnataka State, Pin 585330. The total land area of the project site is 8000 sq.m

(1.976 Acres). The project site falls in the SOI toposheet No. 56G-01 & 02 and lies between

the Latitude: 17°45'34.54"N; Longitude: 77°05'43.74"E.

11.3 Need and Justification of Project Development


framework is poised to become sourcing destination of bulk drugs to the global market.

The pharmaceutical industry in India ranks third in the world in terms of volume and

contributes 10% to the global pharmaceutical production. According to the Department of

Pharmaceuticals, the Indian pharmaceutical industry is pegged at Rs 810 bn, which includes

domestic sales and exports. According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, the sector

employs about 340,000 persons and an estimated 400,000 doctors and 300,000 chemists are


Page 244 of 261

serving its 1 bn-plus market. Due to market demand Sri Venkat Sai Organics proposes

expansion of production capacity by introducing new products.

11.4 Project summary

Due to market demand SVSO proposes expansion of production capacity by introducing new

products along with facility expansion. The company is assigning prime importance for

environmental protection. The company has implemented zero liquid discharge concept and

complied the environmental laws. The industry has maintained greenery inside the industry &

maintained well developed Greenbelt. Project overview is provided in Table 11-1.Table 11-1 Project Summary


1 Products Nos 2 6 Nos (New)1 nos (Existing) 7

2 Quantity MTPA 420 1692 16923 Project land Sq. m 8000 -- 80004 Land coverage area Sq. m 737.6 1141.4 18795 Greenbelt Sq. m 2000 640 2640 (33%)6 Vacant land -- 5262.4 - 34817 Water consumption KLD 26.9 48.1 758 Source of Water -- Inhouse Borewell Inhouse Borewell Inhouse Borewell

9 Effluent generation KLD 6.1 17.4 23.5

10 ETP Capacity KLD 7.0 30 30

11 MEE Capacity KLD 6 (FE) 50 5012 Sewage KLD 0.8 4.1 4.913 Sewage Treatment Plant KLD Septic tank 5 5

14 Power RequirementGESCOM (KEB)

kVA 65 685 750

15 DG (kVA) kVA 160 600 76016 Boiler TPH 0. 75 5.0 5. 75

17 Cooling Tower TR 1 1 218 Diesel Requirement Ltrs/day 100 200 300

19 Fuel TPDCoal

TPD1.5 8.5 10.0

Briquitte 3.0 12.0 15.0

20 ManpowerPermanent

Nos5 75 80

Temporary 2 50 52

21 Project cost Crores 2.0 10.0 12.0


Page 245 of 261

11.5 Baseline Study

11.5.1 Meteorological Environment

The study period (Sept to Nov 2018).

Min Temperature : 13 0C

Max Temperature : 34 0C

Avg Temperature : 25.27 0C

Maximum wind speed is 2.43 m/s

Predominant wind pattern is East followed by South East.

11.5.2 Ambient Air Quality

The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations and 12 parameters are

compared to standards as per NAAQS, 2009 within the study area.

The baseline averages values range:

PM10(51.67 - 66.89 µg/m³),

PM2.5(23.74 – 32.65 µg/m³)

SO2 (13.52 – 16.23 µg/m³)

NO2(25.84 – 31.34 µg/m³)

CO (0.42 - 0.67 mg/m3)

All the parameters are well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for

Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the

study period from September 2018 to November 2018.

The main sources of emissions will be from the reactors, D.G sets, and boiler. Process

reactors are facilitated with individual wet scrubber followeby by stacks of adequate

height as an air pollution control measure. DG sets are provided with ecoustic

enclosures and adequate stack height. Boiler is provided with bag filter and cyclonic

seperator & proposed boiler will also be provided with bag filter and cyclonic seperator

to control the pollutants.

11.5.3 Noise Environment Industrial area: Day time noise level was about 73.2 dB(A) and 68.6 dB(A) during night time.

Commercial area day time noise level was about 67.2 dB(A) and night time noise level was about

52.9 dB(A). The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient

noise levels in commercial area is exceeding the prescribed limit by CPCB (65

dB(A) Day time & 55 dB(A) Night time).


Page 246 of 261

Residential area day time noise levels varied from 52.7 dB(A) to 56.5 dB(A) and night time noise

levels varied from 42.9 dB(A) to 44.6 dB(A).

The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise

levels in some residential area is exceeding the prescribed limit by CPCB (55

dB(A) Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time)

11.5.4 Water EnvironmentThe prevailing status of water quality at 08 locations for surface water and 8 locations for

ground water were assessed during study period. The standard methods prescribed in IS

were followed for sample collection, preservation and analysis in the laboratory for various

physiochemical parameters.

Surface water quality

In the surface water the pH varies between 6.84 to 7.86

Electrical conductivity(EC) ranges 276 to 753 µS/cm

The Total Dissolved solids ranges 176 to 467 mg/l.

The chloride content is ranges between 15.67 mg/l to 63.74 mg/l.

The sulphate content varies between 5.52 mg/l to 28.28 mg/l.

The Total hardness ranges is between 90.3 mg/l to 245.3 mg/l.

It is observed that pH, TDS, Chlorides, Sulphates and hardness values are within the

Class A (Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfection) rating of IS

2296.

Surface water bodies will not be affected since ZLD system will be proposed during

expansion.

Ground Water Quality

Based on the observation, ground water samples collected at all the locations are

meeting IS 10500:2012 and can be used for drinking.

pH varies between 6.86 and 8.09. the pH range is within the limit of IS 10500:2012.

TDS range varies between 212 mg/l – 974 mg/l.. All the samples are well within the

permissible limit of IS 10500: 2012

Chloride ranges (24.7 mg/l – 251.62 mg/l) It is observed that all are well within the

permissible limit of IS 10500:2012

Sulphates ranges 9.56 mg/l – 89.14 mg/l all the samples are within the permissible

limit of the IS 10500: 2012.


Page 247 of 261

The Total hardness ranges is between 117 mg/l – 513 mg/l. Total hardness in all the

samples are within the permissible limit of IS 10500: 2012.

Ground Water will not be affected since the treated sewage from the Sewage

Treatment Plant will be used for Green Belt development and treated effluent will be

used for utilities.

Roof top rain harvesting system proposed to conserve the rain water and ground water

recharge ponds are proposed to maintain the ground water levels.

ZLD is proposed for expansion project.

11.5.5 Land EnvironmentAssessment of soil characteristics is of paramount importance since the vegetation growth,

agricultural practices and production is directly related to the soil fertility and quality. Soil

sampling was carried out at eight (08) locations in the study area. It is observed that,

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.09 - 7.76

Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 68.4 - 102.3 μmhos/cm. the collected soil

sample is found to be non-saline in nature

The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 20.6 – 26.84 (%).

Nitrogen content ranged from 267 kg/ha to 843 kg/ha.

Phosphorous ranged from 9.56 kg/ha to 28.34 kg/ha.

Potassium content ranges from 183 to 395 kg/ha

Solid/Hazardous waste is being disposed scientifically.

There is no sewage discharge in to land, STP is proposed for treatment of Sewage,

treated sewage will be used for greenbelt. Industrial effluents will be treated in

ETP(ZLD).

Flyash will be storage in dedicated place, Local brick manufactures collect from the

factory premises.

11.5.6 Biological Environment

The species observed in the study area are mostly commercial crops and plantation

crops and breaks were also observed throughout the semi-evergreen and moist

deciduous forest types.

There is no rare or endangered species of flora or fauna found in the study area.

The existing facility having 25% (2000 Sq.m) is developed with 400 trees.

Additional 640 sq.m will be alloated to comply the 33% of the greenbelt and remaining

trees (800 Nos) will be developed in a phased manner during proposed project.


Page 248 of 261

11.6 Socio Economic Environment

The study of these characteristic helps in identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts

on socio-economic and parameters of human interest due to proposed project developments.

The parameters are: Demographic structure, Infrastructure Facility,Economic Status ,Health

status & Cultural attributes

The district is rural in character as 75 percent of the population lives in rural areas.

Agriculture is the main contributor to the economy of the district. The district has low

industrial base.

A major proportion of the area in the district is not under irrigation.

The proportion of net area irrigated to net area sown is only 14.18%.

Demographic Profile:1. Total Population is 132350

2. The study area has equal male (51.04%) and female (48.95%) population.

3. The child (0 to 6 years) population also has an equal share of male (51.90%) and

female (48.09%) population.

4. Total Working Population is 49685

5. Main workers is 39083

6. Marginal workers is 10602.

7. Agriculture workers 25128

8. The average size of the family is 5.5

11.7 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigative measures

11.7.1 Air EnvironmentBaseline data reveals that ambient air quality in the study area for all the parameters are well

within the permissible limits as prescribed by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The

main sources of emissions will be from the D.G sets, reactors and boiler which are facilitated

with stacks of adequate height as an air pollution control measure. Boiler is provided with bag

filter and cyclonic seperator & proposed boiler will also be provided with bag filter and cyclonic

seperator to control the pollutants.

The emission from process, boilers and D.G sets will be mitigated by providing adequate stack

height. The D.G set will be provided with adequate stack height of 6 m ARL and boiler is

provided with cyclone separator followed by stack with adequate height to disperse the

pollutants. Boiler is provided with bag filter and cyclonic separator to control the pollutants..

Acoustic enclosures are provided to the DG sets to control noise emissions. The reactors are

connected to individual wet scrubber and stacks, stack height is 9 m AGL.


Page 249 of 261

11.7.2 Noise EnvironmentBaseline study showed that the noise levels in commercial area and in Residential area are

slightly exceeded the limit prescribed by MoEF&CC. The designed equipment with noise

levels not exceeding beyond the requirements of Occupational Health and Safety

Administration Standard will be employed.

The existing facility having 25% (2000 Sq.m) is developed with 400 trees. Additional 640 sq.m

will be alloated to comply the 33% of the greenbelt and remaining trees (800 Nos) will be

developed in a phased manner during proposed project.

11.7.1 Water EnvironmentThe wastewater generated will be mainly sewage and process effluent.

Existing: The sewage from domestic use (0.8KLD) is sent to septic tank followed by soak pit.

Industrial effluents (6.1 KLD) are treated in ETP, followed by Forced Evaporation circulation,

ATFD, Salt from ATFD is sent to TSDF.

Proposed: The sewage (4.9KLD) from domestic use will be treated in proposed 5 KLD STP.

Treated sewage will be used for Greenbelt. Industrial effluents ( 23.5 KLD), will be treated in

proposed 30 KLD of ETP and followed by MEE (50 KLD capacity) and for expansion project

ZLD will be maintained. The treated waste water is reused for boiler and cooling towers. There

will be no discharge on land environment.

11.7.2 Land UseAs the manufacturing facility is located in the designated Humnabad industrial area, the

proposed activity does not change the land use classification of the site.

Municipal Solid Wastes including food waste are disposed to municipal bin. The hazardous

waste will be stored separately in hazardous waste storage and disposed to KSPCB

authorized TSDF sites within the stipulated period of time.

Hazardous waste materials will be properly disposed as per the Hazardous and Other wastes

(Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules 1989 and subsequent amendment in

2018. There is no sewage discharge in to land, STP is proposed for treatment of Sewage,

treated sewage will be used for greenbelt. Industrial effluents will be treated in

ETP(ZLD).Flyash will be storage in dedicated place, Local brick manufactures collect from the

factory premises.


Page 250 of 261

11.8 Environmental Monitoring Program

A monitoring schedule with respect to Ambient Air Quality, Water & Wastewater Quality, Noise

Quality as per Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB), shall be maintained.

11.9 Greenbelt Development

Approximately 1200 no. of trees are required to comply the green belt as per CPCB Norms

(1500 Nos/Ha). The existing facility has 25% (2000 Sq.m) green belt area with 400 trees. 640

sq.m will be alloated to comply the 33% of the greenbelt and remaining trees (800 Nos) will be

developed in a phased manner during proposed project.

11.10 Analysis of Alternative Sites

Since the proposed expansion is within the existing facility alternate sites were not envisaged.

11.11 Additional Studies

The EIA report is prepared for Public Hearing. Final EIA report incorporating the issues raised

by the ublic and response by the proponent will be submitted for appraisal. An onsite

emergency plan to minimizes the effects due to emergencies which have a potential to cause

damage to people and facilities within the installation premises is developed.

11.12 Risk Analysis

As per the NFPA rating, the fire hazard is observed in chemicals such as Methanol, Mix

Xylene. The Consequence analysis study has been carried out for Methanol, Mix Xylene

Storage tank and pipelines. All the hazards are observed towards North East since the wind is

blowing from South-West direction..

The detailed risk assessment report on solvent storage tanks and pipelines for the proposed

project is enclosed as Annexure-15.

11.12.1 Risk Control Measures

Pressure safety valves for storage tanks

Pressure alarm high and pressure alarm low for storage tanks

Level indicators with monitoring from control for storage tanks

Level transmitter, Level gauge and Temperature indicators for the storage tanks

Fire protection arrangements in the form of Fire Hydrants and Monitors for the storage

tanks.

Emergency Handling checklist and procedure


Page 251 of 261

11.13 Disaster Management Plan

The salient features of Disaster Management Plan include

Emergency shutdown procedure

Electrical Power Failure & Key Utility failures

Fire protection system

Emergency safety equipment & Reporting and response to emergency

Emergency Help from nearby industries and tie up with nearby industries

Emergency Control Room - is the focal point in case of an emergency from where the

operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. It will be equipped

with Internal and P & T telephones, Paging system and Emergency siren.

11.14 On-Site Emergency Plan

To provide effective planning, communication and to ensure discipline while mitigating

identified emergencies at the earliest utilizing available resources, safety gadgets and

systems.

Synchronized action from all the internal and external agencies at the earliest to

initiate corrective and preventive action.

To minimize the human injury and illness during emergency mitigation, priority is given

to rescue of incident victim/s, rendering them first aid onsite and if required providing

further medical services at the earliest, which is available nearest to our plant.

To minimize damage to property, general environment or work environment.

To effectively refer and utilize this revised onsite emergency plan while conducting on

site emergency and preparedness response drills and also during real emergencies.

To identify any deviations during above drills and real situations to ensure any

identified and recorded observations for continual corrective actions and preventive

actions.

11.15 Benefits of the Proposed Project

The proposed expansion of production capacity will fulfill the market requirement and play a

vital role in the Bulk Drug Intermediates and Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs), sectors

and thereby address the market demand and Social benefits.

The products manufactured at these facilities will be exported that will aid in adding revenue to

the nation. The corporate social responsibilities that will be taken up by the proposed project

will improve the well-being of the society and the corporate responsibilities towards the

protection of the environment will help in conserving the ecosystem.


Page 252 of 261

11.16 Environmental Management Plan

The main objectives of Environmental Management are to:

Identify key environmental issues envisaged to be encountered during construction

and operation phases of the project.

Provide guidelines for appropriate mitigation measures

Establish systems and procedures for implementing mitigation measures

Ensure the mitigation measures are being implemented

Monitor the effectiveness of mitigation measures

Institutional framework includes the responsibilities for environment management as

well as responsibility for implementing environmental measures

Take necessary prompt action when unforeseen impacts occur

Based on the above objectives in mind, the following specific environmental

management plan/measures are discussed.

The effective implementation and close supervision of the environmental management to

mitigate the environmental impacts, which are likely to arise due to the operational phase of

the project could be achieved through a suitable institutional mechanism. The proposed

institutional mechanism recommended for the implementation of the mitigation measures is

presented in EIA report.

11.17 Conclusion

An Environmental Impact Assessment has been carried out to study the potential

environmental and social impacts due to the proposed project. Potential environmental and

social impacts due to the proposed development on attributes like air quality, noise, water

quality, soil, flora, socio-economic, etc. have been assessed as part of this EIA study.

Appropriate mitigation measures to help minimize/avoid impacts from the development have

been recommended. The measures include avoidance measures, mitigation measures and

environmental enhancement measures.

Anticipated project impacts and prevailing environmental issues are manageable and can be

avoided or mitigated or minimized to acceptable standards. Potential impacts have been

identified attributable to the proposed project and most of which are localized and temporary in

nature and can be mitigated with minor to negligible residual impacts.

The effective implementation and close supervision of environmental management to mitigate

the environmental impacts could be achieved through a suitable institutional mechanism

proposed in this EIA.


Page 253 of 261

CHAPTER – 12DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT


Page 254 of 261

12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTSIn order to assess the potential environmental impacts due to the proposed project at

Sy.No.132, Plot. 57 &58, of Humnabad Industrial area, Gadavanthi Village, Humnabad Taluk,

Bidar District, Karnataka – 585 530, M/s. Sri Venkata Sai Organics has engaged Hubert

Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited, Chennai to undertake EIA study. The nature of consultancy

service rendered covers terrestrial environmental assessment.

12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS)

Enviro Care Systems was started in the year of 1997 by Dr. J.R.Moses with the vision to serve

the world in all environmental related problems by completing the latest technological

advancements available.

In the year 2004, Enviro Care Systems became Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd after

having collaboration with Hubert Stavoren B.V. for higher Technology.

The company provides total pollution control solutions to several industries like Thermal

Power Plant, Pharma, R&D Facilities, Electroplating and Manufacturing, IT Parks, Residential

Complexes, Dairies, Food Processing, Textile mills, Breweries, etc.

The company is specialized in executing projects right from concept development, supply,

erection, commissioning and operation on turnkey basis. HECS has successfully executed

more than 200 environmental engineering projects for various industrial sectors both in India

and overseas. HECS has state-of-art facilities to provide quality environmental consultancy

and engineering solutions.

Strengths of HECSNumber of Employees

Total no of Employees : 779

No of Employees engaged in EIA : 105

Consultancy : 25

Laboratory : 80

Projects : 13

Operation & Maintenance : 556


Page 255 of 261

12.2 Quality Policy of HECS

Further details may be seen on the following URL: www.hecs.in


Page 255 of 261




Page 255 of 261




Page 256 of 261

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LIMITEDA-21, III-Phase, Behind Lions Club School,

Thiru vi ka Industrial Estate, Guindy, Chennai – 600 032Ph: +91-44-43635555; Fax: +91-44-43635500

environmental impact assessment reportkspcb.gov.in/ph/venkatasai_eia_17_2_2020.pdf · mr. vamsee...

Documents